Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Orthofix Medical Inc.

Orthofix Medical Inc.

ofix · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker ofix
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 1616
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Orthofix Medical Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549 

FORM 10-K 

☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

☐

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 
or 

For the transition period from                      to                     . 
Commission File Number: 0-19961 

ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

3451 Plano Parkway,
Lewisville, Texas
(Address of principal executive offices)

98-1340767
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

75056
(Zip Code)

(214) 937-2000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common Stock, $0.10 par value
(Title of Class)

OFIX
(Trading Symbol)

Nasdaq Global Select Market
(Name of Exchange on Which Registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒ 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-
T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging 
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

☐

☐

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

  ☒
  ☐

Emerging Growth Company

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.     ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over 
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. §7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit 
report.     ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect 
the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.     ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of 
the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).     ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒ 
The aggregate market value of registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates, based upon the closing price of the common stock on the last business day of the 
fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2022, as reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market, was approximately $470.8 million.
As of March 1, 2023, 36,455,564 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain sections of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Commission in connection with the Orthofix Medical Inc. 2022 Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Orthofix Medical Inc. 

PART I

Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2022
Table of Contents 

   Page

   Business .....................................................................................................................................................................  

Item 1.
4
Item 1A.    Risk Factors................................................................................................................................................................   26
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments......................................................................................................................................   58
   Properties ..................................................................................................................................................................   58
Item 2.
   Legal Proceedings ......................................................................................................................................................   58
Item 3.
   Mine Safety Disclosure ..............................................................................................................................................   58
Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities ...................................................................................................................................................................   59
   Reserved ....................................................................................................................................................................   60
Item 6.
   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.....................................   61
Item 7.
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk...................................................................................   74
   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ........................................................................................................   75
Item 8.
   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure....................................   75
Item 9.
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures ...........................................................................................................................................   75
Item 9B.    Other Information .....................................................................................................................................................   78
   78
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ........................................................................................   79
Item 11.    Executive Compensation ...........................................................................................................................................   79
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ................   79
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ........................................................   79
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services ....................................................................................................................   79

PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules .............................................................................................................   80
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary ..................................................................................................................................................
85

 
 
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
 
 
Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended (“the Exchange Act”), and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to our business and financial 
outlook, which are based on our current beliefs, assumptions, expectations, estimates, forecasts, and projections. In some cases, 
you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” 
“believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “intends,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or other comparable terminology. Forward-
looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our intentions, beliefs, and expectations regarding our operations, sales, expenses, and future financial performance;

our operating results;

our intentions, beliefs, and expectations regarding the anticipated benefits of the recent merger with SeaSpine Holdings 
Corporation, including the anticipated synergies and cost-savings from the merger;

our plans for future products and enhancements of existing products;

anticipated growth and trends in our business;

the timing of and our ability to maintain and obtain regulatory clearances or approvals;

our belief that our cash and cash equivalents, investments, and access to our revolving line of credit will be sufficient to 
satisfy our anticipated cash requirements;

our expectations regarding our revenues, customers, and distributors;

our expectations regarding our costs, suppliers, and manufacturing abilities;

our beliefs and expectations regarding our market penetration and expansion efforts;

our expectations regarding the benefits and integration of acquired businesses and/or products (including in connection 
with our merger with SeaSpine Holdings Corporation in January 2023) and our ability to make future acquisitions and 
successfully integrate any such future-acquired businesses;

our anticipated trends and challenges in the markets in which we operate; and

our expectations and beliefs regarding and the impact of investigations, claims and litigation.

These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks, uncertainties, estimates, and 
assumptions that are difficult to predict. Any or all forward-looking statements that we make may turn out to be wrong (due to 
inaccurate assumptions that we make or otherwise) and our actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed 
in these forward-looking statements. Potential risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially include, but 
are not limited to, those set forth in Part I, Item 1A under the heading “Risk Factors”, Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere throughout this Annual Report and in any other documents 
incorporated by reference to this Annual Report. You should not place undue reliance on any of these forward-looking statements. 
Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date hereof, unless it is specifically otherwise stated to be made as of a 
different date. We undertake no obligation to update, and expressly disclaim any duty to update, our forward-looking statements, 
whether as a result of circumstances or events that arise after the date hereof, new information, or otherwise.

Solely for convenience, our trademarks and trade names in this Annual Report are referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such 
references should not be construed as any indicator that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights 
thereto.

Trademarks

PART I 

Item 1.

Business 

In this Annual Report, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Orthofix,” and “the Company” refer to the combined operations of Orthofix 
Medical Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and affiliates, unless the context requires otherwise. 

Company Overview 

Following our recent merger with SeaSpine Holdings Corporation ("SeaSpine"), the newly merged Orthofix-SeaSpine organization is a 
leading global spine and orthopedics company with a comprehensive portfolio of biologics, innovative spinal hardware, bone growth 
therapies, specialized orthopedic solutions and a leading surgical navigation system. Our products are distributed in approximately 
68 countries worldwide through a combination of direct and indirect sales representatives and stocking distributors.

We are headquartered in Lewisville, Texas and have primary offices in Carlsbad, CA, with a focus on spine and biologics product 
innovation and surgeon education, and Verona, Italy, with an emphasis on product innovation, production, and medical education 
for orthopedics. Our combined global R&D, commercial and manufacturing footprint also includes facilities and offices in Irvine, CA, 
Toronto, Canada, Sunnyvale, CA, Wayne, PA, Olive Branch, MS, Maidenhead, UK, Munich, Germany, Paris, France and Sao Paulo, 
Brazil.  

The Company originally was formed in 1987 in Curaçao as “Orthofix International N.V.” In 2018, we completed a change in our 
jurisdiction of organization from Curaçao to the State of Delaware (the “Domestication”) and changed our name to “Orthofix 
Medical Inc.” As a result, we are a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Our merger with SeaSpine was completed on January 5, 2023, with SeaSpine continuing as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Orthofix 
following the transaction. Orthofix, as the corporate parent entity in the combined company structure, continues to trade on 
NASDAQ under the symbol “OFIX.” The parent company will be renamed at a later date, and until then, will continue to be known as 
Orthofix Medical Inc. The disclosures in this Item 1 of this Annual Report under the heading “Business” speak to the combined 
company subsequent to the merger unless otherwise noted. However, the financial results described herein relate, except as 
otherwise expressly noted herein, to Orthofix on a standalone basis without to giving effect to merger and, accordingly, do not 
include the results of SeaSpine. Future filings, beginning with our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ending March 
31, 2023, will reflect the results of the combined Orthofix-SeaSpine organization.

Available Information and Orthofix Website

Our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on 
Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statements for Meetings of Shareholders, any registration statements, and 
amendments to those reports, are available free of charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with, 
or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained in our website or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this 
Annual Report. Our website is located at www.orthofix.com. Our SEC filings are also available on the SEC website at www.sec.gov. 

Business Segments 

Historically, Orthofix has managed the business by two reporting segments, Global Spine and Global Orthopedics, which account for 
77% and 23%, respectively, of Orthofix's total net sales in 2022. The chart below presents Orthofix's net sales, which includes 
product sales and marketing service fees, by reporting segment for each of the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020. As 
noted above, these amounts do not include the net sales of SeaSpine.

4

SeaSpine has historically managed its business as one operating segment, but with revenue reported in two product categories: (i) 
Biologics (formerly recognized as Orthobiologics) and (ii) Spinal Implants and Enabling Technologies. For purposes of this Annual 
Report, SeaSpine's historical business description is included within this discussion of Business Segments as a separate segment. 
Following the merger with SeaSpine, which was completed on January 5, 2023, we expect to reassess our reporting segments in the 
first quarter of 2023 based on how the operations of the newly combined company will be managed.

Financial information regarding our reportable business segments and certain geographic information is included in Part II, Item 7 of 
this Annual Report under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and 
Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Global Spine

Within the Global Spine segment, we provide implantable medical devices, biologics, and other regenerative solutions which aim to 
restore the quality of life of patients suffering from diseases and traumas of the spine. We offer a variety of treatment solutions that 
uniquely incorporate multiple treatment modalities, such as mechanical, biological, and electromagnetic modes, to achieve desired 
clinical outcomes.

Global Spine Strategy

Our strategy for the Global Spine segment is to drive business growth through organic and inorganic innovation, physician 
collaboration, and partnerships with dedicated and high-performing commercial sales channels. Growth initiatives include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Continued expansion of our presence in the U.S cervical disc replacement market through surgeon training, publication of 
clinical evidence to include long-term real world evidence, patient education, and sales channel support 

A regular cadence of new product launches supporting our spine implant,  biologics, and bone growth therapies portfolios 

Ongoing, global sales channel optimization

Reinforcement of our bone growth stimulation business through the collection and dissemination of clinical evidence, and 
the delivery of new and novel value-added services

Conducting clinical research to support and broaden our spine implant, biologics, and bone growth stimulation portfolios

Acquiring or licensing products, technologies, and companies to further expand the spine portfolio

Attracting, developing, and retaining key talent

5

Global Spine Principal Products

The Global Spine reporting segment is largely represented by three principal product categories, i) Bone Growth Therapies, ii) Spinal 
Implants, and iii) Biologics. Each of these product categories are further described below:

Bone Growth Therapies

Within the Bone Growth Therapies product category, we manufacture, distribute, and provide support services for market-leading 
bone growth stimulation devices that enhance bone fusion. These class III medical devices are indicated as an adjunctive, 
noninvasive treatment to improve fusion success rates in the cervical and lumbar spine as well as a therapeutic treatment for non-
spinal, appendicular fractures that have not healed ("nonunions"). Several devices in our portfolio utilize our patented pulsed 
electromagnetic field (“PEMF”) technology, the safety and efficacy of which is supported by basic mechanism of action data in the 
scientific literature, as well as published data from level one randomized controlled clinical trials. A new addition to our stimulation 
portfolio utilizes our low intensity pulsed ultrasound ("LIPUS"), a technology also supported by strong basic science and published 
clinical literature.  Orthofix is the only manufacturer which offers both PEMF and LIPUS technologies. We sell these products almost 
exclusively in the U.S. using distributors and direct sales representatives to provide our devices to healthcare providers and their 
patients.

Spinal Implants

Within the Spinal Implants product category, we design, develop, and market a portfolio of motion preservation and fixation implant 
products used in surgical procedures of the spine. We distribute these products globally through a network of distributors and sales 
representatives to sell spine products to facilities that conduct spine care, including hospitals, ambulatory surgery centers, and out-
patient hospitals. 

Biologics

Within the Biologics product category, we offer a portfolio of products and tissue forms that allow physicians to successfully treat a 
variety of spinal and orthopedic conditions. We market tissue forms provided by MTF Biologics (“MTF”) to spine care facilities and 
surgeons, primarily in the U.S., through a network of independent distributors and sales representatives. Our partnership with MTF 
allows us to exclusively market the Virtuos Lyograph, Trinity ELITE, FiberFuse Advanced, FiberFuse Strip, and certain other tissue 
forms for musculoskeletal defects to enhance bony fusion. In addition, we market regenerative non-tissue biologic solutions derived 
from synthetic materials. Opus BA, and Opus MG Set represent our current synthetic, biologic offering.

The following table and discussion identify our principal Global Spine products by trade name and describe their primary 
applications:

Product

Bone Growth Therapies Products

Primary Application

CervicalStim Spinal Fusion Therapy

  PEMF non-invasive cervical spinal fusion therapy used to enhance bone growth

SpinalStim Spinal Fusion Therapy

  PEMF non-invasive lumbar spinal fusion therapy used to enhance bone growth

PhysioStim Bone Healing Therapy

  PEMF non-invasive appendicular skeleton healing therapy used to enhance 

bone growth in nonunion fractures

AccelStim

  LIPUS healing therapy used to enhance bone growth in certain fresh, distal 

radius and tibial diaphysis fractures

Spinal Implants Products

M6-C Artificial Cervical Disc

M6-L Artificial Lumbar Disc

  A next-generation artificial disc developed to replace an intervertebral disc 
damaged by cervical disc degeneration; the only artificial cervical disc that 
mimics the anatomic structure of a natural disc by incorporating an artificial 
viscoelastic nucleus and fiber annulus into its design

  A next-generation artificial disc developed to replace an intervertebral disc 
damaged by lumbar disc degeneration; the only artificial lumbar disc that 

6

  
mimics the anatomic structure of a natural disc by incorporating an artificial 
viscoelastic nucleus and fiber annulus into its design (Not available in the U.S.)

FIREBIRD / FIREBIRD NXG Spinal Fixation System   A system of rods, crossbars, and modular pedicle screws designed to be 

implanted during a posterior lumbar spine fusion procedure

FORZA XP Expandable Spacer System

  A titanium expandable spacer system for posterior lumbar interbody fusion 
(“PLIF”) and transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (“TLIF”) procedures 
featuring a large graft window with the ability to pack post expansion in situ 

FORZA PEEK / Titanium Composite (“PTC”) Spacer 
System

  A posterior lumbar interbody with 3D printed porous titanium end plates that 
may promote bone ingrowth and a polyetheretherketones (“PEEK”) core to 
maintain imaging characteristics

FORZA Spacer System

FORZA Ti Spacer System

PEEK interbody devices for PLIF and TLIF procedures

Fully 3D printed titanium devices for PLIF and TLIF procedures

CENTURION Posterior Occipital Cervico-Thoracic 
(“POCT”) System

A multiple component system comprised of a variety of non-sterile, single use 
components made of titanium alloy or cobalt chrome that allow the surgeon to 
build a spinal implant construct

PHOENIX Minimally Invasive Spinal Fixation System A multi-axial extended reduction screw body used with the Firebird Spinal 

Fixation System designed to be implanted during a posterior thoracolumbar 
spine fusion procedure

CONSTRUX Mini PTC Spacer System

  An anterior cervical interbody with 3D printed porous titanium end plates that 

may promote bone ingrowth and a PEEK core to maintain imaging 
characteristics

CONSTRUX Mini Ti Spacer System

Fully 3D printed titanium anterior cervical interbody spacer system

CETRA Anterior Cervical Plate System

JANUS Midline Fixation Screw

LONESTAR Cervical Stand Alone 

  An anterior cervical plate system offering a low profile plate with an intuitive 
locking mechanism, large graft windows, a high degree of screw angulation, 
and simplified instrumentation

  An addition to the Firebird Spinal Fixation System designed to achieve more 
cortical bone purchase in the medial to lateral trajectory, when compared to 
traditional pedicle screws, and that provides surgeons with the option of a 
midline approach

   A stand-alone spacer system designed to provide the biomechanical strength 
to a traditional or minimal invasive anterior cervical discectomy and fusion 
procedure with less disruption of patient anatomy and to preserve the 
anatomical profile

PILLAR SA PTC PEEK Spacer System

  A standalone anterior lumbar interbody fusion ("ALIF") interbody with 3D 

SKYHAWK Lateral Interbody Fusion System & 
Lateral Plate System

printed porous titanium end plates that may promote bone ingrowth and a 
PEEK core to maintain imaging characteristics 

Provides a complete solution for the surgeon to perform a lateral lumbar 
interbody fusion, an approach to spinal fusion in which the surgeon accesses 
the intervertebral disc space using a surgical approach from the patient’s side 
that disturbs fewer structures and tissues

FIREBIRD SI

  A minimally invasive screw system that is intended for fixation of sacroiliac 

joint disruptions in skeletally mature patients

7

Biologics Technologies

Virtuos Lyograft

Trinity ELITE

FiberFuse Advanced

FiberFuse Strip

  A first-of-its-kind, shelf-stable and complete autograft substitute for spine and 

orthopedic procedures provided in a room-temperature, ready-to-use, 
moldable form

  A fully moldable allograft with viable cells used during surgery that is designed 

to aid in the success of a spinal fusion or bone fusion procedure

An allograft comprised of a mixture of cancellous bone and demineralized 
cortical bone fibers that creates a natural scaffold for revascularization, cellular 
ingrowth, and new bone formation

A preformed allograft that consists of mineralized cancellous bone and 
demineralized cortical fibers, providing an ideal matrix for bone healing

O-Genesis Graft Delivery

  A bone graft delivery system, which is provided in a sterile, single-use form

Opus Mg Set

Opus BA

  An injectable, moldable, and biocompatible bone void filler that will harden in-

situ at the defect site

A synthetic osteoconductive scaffold that is compression resistant, fully 
resorbable, and easily customizable for a range of clinical applications

Legacy Demineralized Bone Matrix ("DBM")

A ready-to-use, flowable DBM putty 

Bone Growth Therapies — Spinal Therapy

Our bone growth therapy devices used in spinal applications are designed to enhance bone growth and improve the success rate of 
certain spinal fusion procedures by stimulating the body’s own natural healing mechanism post-surgically. These non-invasive 
portable devices are intended to be used as part of a home treatment program prescribed by a physician. 

We offer two spinal fusion therapy devices: the SpinalStim and CervicalStim devices. Our stimulation products use a PEMF 
technology designed to enhance the growth of bone tissue following surgery and are placed externally over the site to be healed. 
Research data shows that our PEMF signal induces mineralization and results in a process that stimulates new regeneration at the 
spinal fusion site. Some spine fusion patients are at greater risk of not achieving a solid fusion of new bone around the fusion site. 
These patients typically have one or more risk factors, such as smoking, obesity, or diabetes, or their surgery involves the revision of 
a failed fusion or the fusion of multiple levels of vertebrae in one procedure. For these patients, post-surgical bone growth therapy 
has been shown to significantly increase the probability of fusion success.

The SpinalStim device is a non-invasive spinal fusion stimulator system designed for the treatment of the lumbar region of the spine. 
The device uses proprietary technology and a wavelength to generate a PEMF signal. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the 
“FDA”) has approved the SpinalStim system as a spinal fusion adjunct to increase the probability of fusion success and as a non-
operative treatment for salvage of failed spinal fusion at least nine months post-operatively. 

Our CervicalStim product remains the only FDA-approved bone growth stimulator on the market indicated for use as an adjunct to 
cervical spine fusion surgery. It is indicated for patients at high-risk for non-fusion. 

The SpinalStim and CervicalStim systems are accompanied by an application for mobile devices called STIM onTrack. The mobile app 
includes a first-to-market feature that enables physicians to remotely view patient adherence to prescribed treatment protocols and 
patient reported outcome measures. Designed for use with smartphones and other mobile devices, the STIM onTrack tool helps 
patients follow their prescription with daily treatment reminders and a device usage calendar. The app is free and available through 
the Android and Apple App Stores. 

Bone Growth Therapies — Orthopedic Therapy

Our PhysioStim bone healing therapy products use PEMF technology similar to that used in our spine stimulators. The primary 
difference is that the PhysioStim devices are designed for use on the appendicular skeleton. 

A bone’s regenerative power results in most fractures healing naturally within a few months. However, in the presence of certain 
risk factors, some fractures do not heal or heal slowly, resulting in “nonunions.” Traditionally, orthopedists have treated such 
nonunion conditions surgically, often by means of a bone graft with fracture fixation devices, such as bone plates, screws, or 

8

 
intramedullary rods. These are examples of “invasive” treatments. Our patented PhysioStim bone healing therapy products are 
designed to use a low level of PEMF signals to noninvasively activate the body’s natural healing process. The devices are 
anatomically designed, allowing ease of placement, patient mobility, and the ability to cover a large treatment area. 

Similar to our SpinalStim and CervicalStim systems, the PhysioStim device is also accompanied by the STIM onTrack mobile app, 
enabling physicians treating patients with nonunion fractures to remotely view and assess patient adherence to prescribed 
treatment protocols and patient reported outcome measures.

The AccelStim device provides a safe and effective nonsurgical treatment to improve nonunion fracture healing and accelerate the 
healing of indicated fresh fractures. The device stimulates the bone’s natural healing process through LIPUS waves to the fracture 
site.

Spinal Implants — Motion Preservation Solutions

Our M6-C cervical and M6-L lumbar artificial discs are used to treat patients suffering from degenerative disc disease of the spine. 
The M6 discs are the only FDA-approved artificial discs that mimic the anatomic structure of a natural disc by incorporating an 
artificial viscoelastic nucleus and fiber annulus into their design. Like a natural disc, this unique construct allows for shock absorption 
at the implanted level, as well as provides a controlled range of motion when the spine transitions in its combined complex 
movements. Both discs have European Commission CE mark approval and in February 2019, we received FDA approval of the M6-C 
artificial cervical disc to treat patients with a single-level cervical disc degeneration. We released the M6-C artificial cervical disc in 
the U.S. in 2019 through a controlled market launch accompanied by an extensive training and education curriculum for surgeons. 
The M6-C disc has become our leading spinal implant device and has contributed significantly to our growth in recent years. In 
addition, we have initiated a U.S. 2-level investigational device exemption (“IDE”) study for the M6-C artificial cervical disc, which is 
currently enrolling.

Spinal Implants — Spinal Fixation Solutions 

We provide a wide array of implants designed for use primarily in cervical, thoracic, and lumbar fusion surgeries. These implants are 
made of either metal or a thermoplastic compound called PEEK. The majority of the implants that we offer are made of titanium 
metal. The Firebird Spinal Fixation System, the Phoenix Minimally Invasive Spinal Fixation System, and the Centurion POCT Systems 
are sets of rods, cross connectors, and screws that are implanted during posterior fusion procedures. The Firebird Modular and pre-
assembled Spinal Fixation Systems are designed to be used in either open or minimally-invasive posterior lumbar fusion procedures. 
To complement our plates, rods, and screw fixation options, we offer an entire portfolio of cervical and thoracolumbar Titanium and 
PEEK interbody devices within our Pillar and Forza product lines. We have recently introduced two, new 3D printed interbody 
solutions, Construx Mini Ti for cervical and Forza Ti for posterior lumbar implantation. This interbody portfolio includes two stand-
alone devices, Lonestar and Pillar SA, as well as the Construx Mini PTC system, a novel titanium composite spacer, which offers a 
superior alternative to other plasma spray coated options currently available on the market.  We also offer specialty plates and 
screws that are used in less common procedures.

Biologics — Regenerative Solutions 

The premium biologics tissues we market include the Virtuos Lyograft and Trinity ELITE tissue forms, which are cortico-cancellous 
allografts that retain the inherent growth factors and viable cells found in bone. They are used during surgery in the treatment of 
musculoskeletal defects for bone reconstruction and repair. These allografts are intended to offer a viable alternative to an 
autograft procedure, as harvesting autograft has been shown to add risk of an additional surgical procedure and related patient 
discomfort in conjunction with a repair surgery. Virtuos Lyograft is particularly unique in that it is a first-of-its-kind, shelf-stable and 
complete autograft substitute for spine and orthopedic procedures provided in a room-temperature, ready-to-use, moldable form.

The FiberFuse Advanced tissue is a tissue form with handling characteristics analogous to the Trinity ELITE product without 
compromising bone content. It provides an advanced demineralized bone offering that leverages fiber technology with the 
advantages of ingrowth that cancellous bone provides and expands the offering to address a broader scope of surgical applications. 
FiberFuse Strip is a preformed allograft form of FiberFuse Advanced that consists of mineralized cancellous bone and demineralized 
cortical fibers, providing an ideal matrix for bone healing.  Legacy DBM is a ready-to-use, flowable, demineralized bone putty and 
provides a cost-effective option without compromising clinical experience.

We receive marketing fees through our collaboration with MTF for the Virtuos, Trinity ELITE, FiberFuse Advanced, FiberFuse Strip, 
Legacy DBM and certain other tissues. MTF processes the tissues, maintains inventory, and invoices hospitals, surgery centers, and 
other points of care for service fees, which are submitted by customers via purchase orders. We have exclusive worldwide rights to 
market the Virtuos and Trinity ELITE and exclusive rights to market the FiberFuse Advanced and FiberFuse Strip tissues in the U.S. 

9

Regarding synthetic, biologic solutions, we offer Opus BA and Opus Mg Set. Opus BA is a synthetic bioactive solution that is easily 
hydrated and flexible. A carefully selected trifecta of components creates an ideal environment for bone growth building on the 
earlier generations of synthetic bone grafts. Opus Mg Set is an injectable, moldable, and biocompatible bone void filler that will 
harden in-situ at the defect site.

To date, our Biologics products are offered primarily in the U.S. market due in part to restrictions on providing U.S. human donor 
tissue in other countries.

Global Spine Future Product Applications

We remain very active with multiple internal developments to support future, new technology commercialization efforts. These new 
technologies will apply to both the cervical and thoracolumbar spinal anatomy. In addition, we remain active in evaluating external 
licensing and acquisition opportunities to add implant, biologics, and other emerging technologies to our spine portfolio. We expect 
that the contribution of new, internally developed technologies and undefined external acquisitions will be the primary driver of 
future growth. 

Regarding our Bone Growth Therapy business, we have participated in research at the Wake Forest University Health Sciences, 
Chinese University of Hong Kong, and University of California San Francisco, where scientists conducted animal and cellular studies 
to identify the mechanisms of action of our PEMF signals on bone, cartilage, meniscus, nerve, and efficacy of healing. From these 
efforts, some studies have been published in peer-reviewed journals. Among other insights, the studies illustrate positive effects of 
PEMF on callus formation and bone strength, meniscus and nerve injury repair, as well as proliferation and differentiation of cells 
involved in tissue regeneration and healing. Furthermore, we believe that the previous research work with Cleveland Clinic, the 
Chinese University of Hong Kong, and the University of Pennsylvania, allowing for characterization and demonstration of the 
Orthofix new PEMF waveform, is paving the way for signal optimization for a variety of new applications and indications. This 
collection of pre-clinical data, along with additional clinical data, could represent new clinical indication opportunities for our 
regenerative stimulation solutions. In addition, we also have initiated a U.S. 2-Level IDE study for the M6-C artificial cervical disc.

Global Orthopedics

The Global Orthopedics reporting segment offers products and solutions for limb deformity correction and complex limb 
reconstruction with a focus on use in trauma, pediatrics, and foot and ankle procedures. This reporting segment specializes in the 
design, development, and marketing of external and internal fixation orthopedic products that are coupled with enabling digital 
technologies to serve the complete patient treatment pathway. We sell these products through a global network of distributors and 
sales representatives to hospitals, healthcare organizations, and healthcare providers.

Global Orthopedics Strategy 

Our strategy for the Global Orthopedics reporting segment is to continue to offer pioneering limb reconstruction and deformity 
correction procedural solutions that address the entire patient treatment pathway.

 Our key strategies in this segment are:

•

•

•

•

•

Expand our position as the worldwide leader in complex deformity and limb reconstruction, including both internal and 
external solutions, through a patient-centric approach and digital treatment journey

Promote the advantages of our expansive pediatric product portfolio and support tools 

Leverage our cross-product OrthoNext digital platform, a uniquely developed pre and post planning digital platform, that 
allows our clinicians to pre-plan surgery for patients so they can start surgeries with a greater degree of confidence, reduce 
surgical times, enable better outcomes and follow up post operatively to evaluate their chosen surgical plan success

Expand our foot and ankle portfolio by building on our historical position as a company highly focused on addressing 
complex and challenging conditions and remaining at the forefront of innovation in helping surgeons and patients alike in 
the management of Charcot foot and ankle

Promote and invest in our Fitbone intermedullary limb lengthening platform, which together with our external fixation 
products, offers surgeons internal and external solutions for limb lengthening and deformity correction

• Within the orthopedic trauma segment, continue to focus on open and complex fracture management 

•

Collaborate with physicians and healthcare partners to improve patients’ lives through technology, digital transformation, 
clinical evidence, and our industry-leading medical education programs, such as Orthofix Academy

10

•

•

Continue the strong pace of new product launches

Acquire or license products, technologies, and companies to support these market opportunities.

Global Orthopedics Focus Products

Global Orthopedics offers a comprehensive line of limb reconstruction and complex deformity correction technologies. We provide 
innovative and minimally invasive extremity solutions to help surgeons improve their patients' quality of life, which are designed to 
address the lifelong bone and joint health needs of patients of all ages. In addition, our well-rounded product lines offer internal and 
external fixation solutions for pediatrics, limb reconstruction, trauma, and foot and ankle specialties. 

Our fracture repair solutions comprise a wide range of devices designed for specific anatomical areas. The philosophy underlying 
these devices is to provide adequate stability and to allow for early functional recovery, thereby improving patients’ quality of life. 
Our goal is to offer devices that enable a simple, standardized approach for reproducible results.

Our trauma products consist of a comprehensive portfolio of ready-to-use, sterile, dedicated implant kits designed for a wide range 
of anatomical sites. 

The following table and discussion identifies the principal Global Orthopedics products by trade name and describes their primary 
applications:

Product

TrueLok

TrueLok Hexapod System (“TL-HEX”)

TrueLok EVO

FITBONE Intramedullary Limb-Lengthening System

Pediatric Portfolio 

Primary Application

A surgeon-designed, lightweight external fixation system for trauma, limb 
lengthening, and deformity correction, which consists of circular rings and 
semi-circular external supports centered on the patient’s limb and secured to 
the bone by crossed, tensioned wires, and half pins

A hexapod external fixation system for trauma and deformity correction with 
associated software, designed as a three-dimensional bone segment reposition 
module to augment the previously developed TrueLok frame. The system 
consists of circular and semi-circular external supports, secured to the bones by 
wires and half pins and interconnected by six struts, which allows multi-planar 
adjustment of the external supports. The rings’ positions are adjusted either 
rapidly or gradually in precise increments to perform bone segment 
repositioning in three-dimensional space

A modular circular external fixation system that features both radiolucent rings 
and struts to enable clear radiographic visualization to allow physicians to 
better assess bone anatomy both during surgery and post-operative care

An intramedullary lengthening system intended for limb lengthening of the 
femur and tibia, surgically implanted in the bone through a minimally invasive 
procedure; it includes an external telemetry control set that manages the 
distraction process, and is the only intramedullary limb lengthening system 
with an FDA-cleared pediatric indication

Our pediatric solutions include a range of products and resources dedicated to 
pediatrics and young adults with bone fractures and deformities. With our 360° 
approach to the patient journey we provide dedicated tools to treat all stages 
of the healing process: collaterals, educational games, software applications, 
and patient apps for post-operative management

Our pediatric solutions portfolio includes, among the others:
- A complete line of nailing systems for trauma and limb reconstruction, 
including our elastic nail, MJ-FLEX, and our rigid intramedullary nail for 
adolescents, Agile Nail;

- The Galaxy Fixation Pediatric System;

11

  
  
  
  
  
Galaxy Fixation System

- The eight-Plate Guided Growth System (“eight-Plate”) and the eight-Plate 

Guided Growth System+ (“eight-Plate Plus”);

- The JuniOrtho Plating System

A pin-to-bar system for temporary and definitive fracture fixation, in the upper 
and lower limbs. The system incorporates a streamlined combination of 
clamps, with both pin-to-bar and bar-to-bar coupling capabilities, offering a 
complete range of applications, including specific anatomic units for the 
shoulder, elbow and wrist. The latest version, Galaxy Gemini, includes a 
universal clamp and other updates to better streamline surgical procedures

Galaxy Fixation Shoulder

   A unique solution for the treatment of proximal humeral fractures

Ankle Hindfoot Nail (“AHN”)

G-BEAM Fusion Beaming System

OSCAR

External Fixators

eight-Plate and eight-Plate Plus

LRS advanced Limb Reconstruction System

OrthoNext Digital Platform

A differentiated solution for hindfoot fusions that includes a revision option to 
address more large bone defects and more complex hindfoot pathologies

A system designed to address the specific demands of advanced deformity and 
trauma reconstructions of foot and ankle applications, such as Charcot, 
requiring fusion of the medial and/or lateral columns, with or without 
corrective osteotomies as well as for joint fusions within the mid- and hindfoot

   An ultrasonic powered surgical system for revision arthroplasty

External fixation, including our limb-lengthening systems, ProCallus, XCaliber, 
Pennig, Radiolucent Wrist Fixators, and Calcaneal Fixator

The first and still market-leading system for gradual correction of the growth 
plate in pediatric patients

An external fixation solution for limb lengthening and corrections of deformity, 
which uses callus distraction to lengthen bone in a variety of procedures, 
including monofocal lengthening and corrections of deformity; its multifocal 
procedures include bone transport, simultaneous compression and distraction 
at different sites, bifocal lengthening, and correction of deformities with 
shortening

A digital platform software developed specifically for use with the JuniOrtho 
Plating System and Fitbone Intramedullary Limb Lengthening System, which 
enables the surgeon to accurately plan the deformity correction and osteotomy 
position as well as visualize the implant in relation to the anatomy

We provide internal and external fixation solutions for extremity repair and deformity correction, both for adults and children. Our 
fracture repair products consist of fixation devices designed to stabilize a broken bone until it can heal. With these devices, we can 
treat simple and complex fracture patterns, along with achieving deformity corrections. 

External Fixation 

External fixation devices are used to stabilize fractures and offer an ideal treatment for complex fractures, fractures near the joints, 
and in patients with known risk factors or co-morbidities. The treatment is minimally invasive and allows external manipulation of 
the bone to obtain and maintain final bone alignment (reduction). The bone is fixed in this way until healing occurs. External fixation 
allows small degrees of micromotion (dynamization), which promotes blood flow at the fracture site, and accelerates the bone 
healing process. External fixation devices may also be used temporarily in complex trauma cases to stabilize the fracture prior to 
treating it definitively. In these situations, the device offers rapid fracture stabilization, which is important in life-saving as well as 
limb salvage procedures. 

We offer most of our products in sterile packaging, which fulfills the need of a streamlined and ready-to-use set of products, 
particularly in trauma applications where timing is crucial.

Examples of our external fixation devices include the TrueLok, TL-HEX, TrueLok Evo, the Galaxy and Galaxy Gemini Fixation Systems, 
and the LRS Advanced Limb Reconstruction System.

12

  
  
  
  
  
Internal Fixation

Internal fixation devices consist of either long rods, commonly referred to as nails, or plates that are attached to the bone with the 
use of screws. Nails and plates come in various sizes, depending on the bone that requires treatment. A nail is inserted into the 
medullary canal of a fractured long bone of the human arm or leg (e.g., humerus, femur, or tibia). Alternatively, a plate is attached 
by screws to an area such as a broken wrist, hip, or foot. Examples of our internal fixation devices include Chimaera, AHN, and the G-
BEAM Fusion Beaming System. 

Acquired in March 2020, the FITBONE Intramedullary Limb Lengthening System provides an internal option for limb lengthening of 
the femur and tibia and provides Orthofix with the most complete limb reconstruction portfolio on the market. We are continuing to 
invest in the FITBONE technology platform in order to offer surgeons more solutions for deformity correction.

In addition to treating bone fractures, we also design, manufacture, and distribute devices intended to treat congenital bone 
conditions, such as angular deformities (e.g., bowed legs in children), degenerative diseases, and conditions resulting from a 
previous trauma. An example of a product offered in this area is the eight-Plate Plus Guided Growth System. 

SeaSpine

SeaSpine's business focuses on the design, development, and commercialization of surgical solutions for the treatment of patients 
suffering from spinal disorders. We have a comprehensive portfolio of biologics and spinal implant solutions, as well as a surgical 
navigation system, to meet the varying combinations of products that neurosurgeons and orthopedic spine surgeons need to 
perform fusion procedures in the lumbar, thoracic, and cervical spine. We believe this broad combined portfolio is essential to meet 
the “complete solution” requirements of these surgeons. 

SeaSpine has historically reported revenue in two product categories: (i) Biologics (formerly recognized as Orthobiologics) and (ii) 
Spinal Implants and Enabling Technologies. Our Biologics products consist of a broad range of advanced and traditional bone graft 
substitutes designed to improve bone fusion rates following a wide range of orthopedic surgeries, including spine, hip, and 
extremities procedures. Our Spinal Implants and Enabling Technologies portfolio consists of an extensive line of products and image-
guided surgical solutions to facilitate spinal fusion in degenerative, minimally invasive surgery ("MIS"), and complex spinal deformity 
procedures. Expertise in biologic sciences and spinal implants, software and advanced optics product development allows SeaSpine 
to offer surgeon customers a differentiated portfolio and a complete solution to meet their patients' fusion requirements. 

SeaSpine Strategy

Our goal in the SeaSpine business is to continue to scale our business in order to enhance our market position in biologics and 
become a leader in the spinal implant and image guided surgery market. To achieve our goal, we are investing in these strategies:

•

•

•

•

Continue to increase our research and development activities to bring new products and techniques to market

Continue to increase the quality, size, exclusivity, and geographic breadth of our network of independent sales agents in the 
U.S.  

Invest in the further development of our pre-clinical and clinical programs designed to generate peer-reviewed scientific 
evidence in support of our products

Continue to pursue strategic alliances and acquisition opportunities to enhance our product offerings

SeaSpine Principal Products

SeaSpine is largely represented by two principal product categories, i) Biologics and ii) Spinal Implants and Enabling Technologies. 
Each of these product categories are further described below:

13

Biologics

Our Biologics products are used in orthopedic and dental procedures and consist of a broad range of bone graft substitutes intended 
to address the key elements of bone regeneration. Bone graft substitutes are composed of natural biologic proteins and synthetic 
materials. They are designed to reduce the amount of autologous bone grafts needed for spinal fusion procedures. Bone graft 
substitutes, depending on their design, can be used entirely in place of the patient’s own bone tissue, called an autograft, or by 
extending the volume of bone graft material from the patient by combining it with the bone graft substitute. Our Biologics portfolio 
includes fibers-based and particulate DBM, collagen ceramic matrices, demineralized cancellous allograft bone and synthetic bone 
void fillers. We offer our Biologics products in the form of fibers, putties, pastes, strips and DBM in a resorbable mesh for a range of 
surgical applications.

Spinal Implants and Enabling Technologies

Our Spinal Implants and Enabling Technology portfolio consists of an extensive line of products for spinal decompression, alignment, 
stabilization and image-guided surgical solutions as well as a surgical navigation system designed for broad spectrum use throughout 
the entire spinal column. Such products are typically used to facilitate fusion in degenerative, minimally invasive, and complex spinal 
deformity procedures throughout the lumbar, thoracic and cervical regions of the spine. Our products are increasingly focused on 
restoring adequate spinal balance and profile in the sagittal (front to back) plane, which we believe is widely recognized as an 
important factor to improve the quality of life in patients undergoing surgery for spinal degeneration or deformity.

The following table and discussion identifies our SeaSpine principal products by trade name and describes their primary applications:

Product

Biologics Products

Accell Bone Matrix

Primary Application

  An open structured, dispersed form of DBM, which increases the bioavailability 
of bone proteins at an earlier time in the healing cascade; when combined with 
traditional DBM, both fibers and particulate forms, provides a biphasic release 
of growth factors to promote healing

OsteoStrand Plus / OsteoStrand 

  100% Demineralized Bone Fibers product lines designed to facilitate and aid in 

fusion by maximizing osteoinductive content while providing an improved 
conductive matrix; OsteoStrand Plus incorporates our proprietary Accell Bone 
Matrix

Evo3/Evo3c DBM Putties

  Advanced DBM putties that combine traditional DBMs with Accell, with and 

without cancellous chips.

OsteoTorrent/OsteoTorrent C

Advanced DBM putties that combine Accell Bone Matrix and particulate DBM, 
with and without cancellous chips; packaged and sterilized in a dry state to 
improve product’s osteoinductive potential, shelf-life stability, and shelf-life

OsteoBallast and Ballast DBM in Resorbable Mesh   A resorbable mesh containing 100% DBM without a carrier, designed to 

OsteoStrux and Mozaik 

Spinal Implants and Enabling Technologies Products

Reef-TO, Reef-TA and Reef-TH interbody devices 

simplify graft placement and help prevent graft migration while maximizing 
DBM content

Blend of collagen and β-TCP to create an osteoconductive material for bone 
regeneration; available in both putty and strip configurations

PEEK interbody devices featuring NanoMetalene surface technology for PLIF 
and TLIF procedures

Vu a∙POD Prime NanoMetalene and Reef-A 
interbody devices 

PEEK interbody devices featuring NanoMetalene surface technology for ALIF 
procedures

14

  
Regatta NanoMetalene Lateral System

A comprehensive lateral lumbar interbody system that can be used to fuse the 
spine through a lateral approach

Cambria NanoMetalene interbody device

Interbody device used to fuse the cervical spine through an anterior approach

Shoreline Anterior Cervical Standalone System, 
featuring the NanoMetalene with Reef Topography

A modular plate and interbody device designed to maximize intraoperative 
flexibility to address a wide range of anatomy, surgical situations or bone in 
anterior cervical fusions

Waveform

3D-printed interbody fusion devices for anterior cervical, transforaminal 
lumbar, lateral lumbar and articulating transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion

Explorer TO expandable interbody device system 

An expandable interbody device system with complementary lordotic and 
parallel expanding implant options 

NorthStar OCT Posterior Cervical Fixation System 

Spinal fixation system with novel instrumentation and anatomically designed 
implants to provide a safe and effective solution designed to improve surgical 
flow when navigating through complex cervical procedures

Admiral Anterior Cervical Plating System ("ACP")

A comprehensive and complete anterior cervical plating system designed to 
strike the optimal balance between strength, profile, and construct rigidity

Mariner Posterior Fixation System

NewPort MIS System

Mariner MIS Posterior Fixation System 

Daytona Deformity System 

Daytona Small Stature System

Pedicle screw system for open and MIS procedures and adult deformity 
procedures featuring modular threaded technology and accompanying 
instrumentation designed to reduce the number of trays needed for surgery 
and that provides surgeons with multiple intra-operative options to facilitate 
posterior lumbar fixation

MIS system with extended tabs for a small incision profile that offers two rod 
delivery options for both mini-open and percutaneous approaches

MIS system with low-profile, robust towers for rod introduction and reduction 
as well as ultra-tough modular extended tab heads, capable of providing 
powerful instrumented compression and distraction of the spine

Complex spinal deformity procedure system that uses extended tab uniplanar 
and polyaxial screws with multiple rod options and intuitive instrumentation to 
create a versatile system adaptable to surgeon preference

System designed to address standard to complex deformity cases in smaller-
sized patients who need a lower profile construct due to anatomy constraints

Mariner Outrigger Revision System 

An adjunct to the Mariner Posterior Fixation System designed to effectively 
revise and extend previous fusions

FLASH Navigation with 7D Technology (Spine)

FLASH Navigation with 7D Technology 
(Percutaneous)

FLASH Navigation with 7D Technology (Cranial) 

A machine-vision navigation platform for use in open and mini-open posterior 
spinal procedures that uses proprietary visible light technology coupled with 
advanced software algorithms to deliver a fast, efficient, cost-effective, and 
radiation free solution for spine surgery

A valuable enhancement to the FLASH Navigation platform to address 
percutaneous spinal procedures; the camera-based technology coupled with 
7D Machine Vision algorithms maintain the same fast, accurate, and efficient 
surgical workflow as the Spine platform, while also providing an imaging 
agnostic solution to percutaneous posterior spine surgery

A module on the FLASH Navigation platform that utilizes 7D Machine Vision 
Technology for cranial surgery; the visible light technology allows for a 
completely contactless workflow, acquires hundreds of thousands of virtual 
fiducials using the patient’s own anatomy, and results in nearly instantaneous 
cranial registrations to the skin or skull in almost any surgical position

15

Enabling Technologies

Our machine vision FLASH navigation platform is used in a variety of posterior spinal procedures, including degenerative, deformity, 
tumor, trauma, and revision surgery. The platform can be utilized in MIS/Percutaneous, Mini-Open, or Open techniques. The 
technology also offers a comprehensive cranial platform for use in cranial neurosurgery. 

Our innovative FLASH Navigation System with 7D Technology delivers a comprehensive navigation platform that utilizes visible light, 
machine-vision cameras, and intelligent software algorithms to create a 3D image within seconds for surgical navigation. The novel 
technology allows for a fast image reconstruction for surgical navigation with no disruption to surgeon workflow and eliminates 
radiation exposure during the procedure to the patient, surgeon, and operating room staff.   

Our Spine Module is our leading product in the FLASH Navigation Portfolio with over 104 installations globally. In 2022, we further 
enhanced the Spine Module by adding preplanning features, as well as fully integrating the Mariner Posterior Fixation System, 
Mariner MIS Posterior Fixation System, and the Northstar OCT Posterior Cervical Fixation System into the platform with both 
hardware and software enhancements. We also released our commercial FLASH Percutaneous Spine Module in 2022 for the 
navigation of minimally invasive spinal procedures. This application, accompanied by new instrumentation, addresses an important 
part of the spine navigation market to round out the FLASH Navigation Platform and is a valuable enhancement for both hospitals 
and ambulatory surgery centers. Further enhancements and new features to the Spine Module and Percutaneous Module are in 
development and are expected to launch in 2023.

In addition to these new products focused on spine, the FLASH Navigation Portfolio also consists of our Cranial Module for use in 
cranial surgeries. The technology uses a completely contactless workflow, acquiring hundreds of thousands of virtual fiducials using 
the patient’s own anatomy, and results in nearly instantaneous cranial registrations to the skin or skull in almost any surgical 
position. New developments are also underway and expected to launch in 2023 which leverage the 7D Technology to further expand 
cranial applications and enter the neurocritical care market with the launch of FLASH EVD ("Extra Ventricular Drainage"), a mobile 
bed-side navigational system designed for fast and reliable EVD placement.  

SeaSpine Future Product Applications and Development

We believe that our future success and ability to continue to drive revenue growth depends on our ability to sustain a similar 
cadence of launching new and next-generation products as we have demonstrated over the last few years.  We continue to 
aggressively develop differentiated new products that we believe will allow the entrance into new markets and be even more 
competitive in markets in which we are underrepresented.  

We expect to launch the next iteration of the FLASH Percutaneous Module and FLASH Spine Module with additional  enhancements 
to our preplanning software as well as developing the framework for navigating interbody procedures. We also plan to launch FLASH 
EVD, a small mobile bed-side navigational system designed for fast and reliable EVD placement that will expand our total 
addressable market with this first entry into the neurocritical care market.

Product Development

Our primary research and development facilities are located in Lewisville, Texas, Carlsbad, California, Toronto, Canada, and Verona, 
Italy. 

We have a research and development organization dedicated to advancing our portfolio of spinal implants, biologics, orthopedic 
implants and external fixation devices, and machine vision image guidance innovations through product development and clinical 
affairs programs. Our product development efforts employ an integrated team approach that involves collaboration between 
surgeons, our engineers, our machinists, as well as our regulatory personnel. We also work with leading hospital research 
institutions and certain non-profit organization, such as MTF Biologics, surgeons, and other consultants, on the long-term scientific 
planning and evolution of our products and therapies. Several of the products that we market have been developed through these 
collaborations. In addition, we periodically receive suggestions for new products and product enhancements from the scientific and 
medical community, some of which result in us entering into assignment or license agreements with physicians and third parties.

For our spine and orthopedics products, our product development teams, in consultation with design surgeons, formulate a design 
for the product and then our machinists build prototypes for testing our prototyping development and testing operation at our 
facilities. We use a broad scope of technologies designed to allow us to meet the complex engineering requirements of customers. 
As part of the development process, surgeons test the implantation of the products in our in-house cadaveric laboratories, which 
helps us design new products intended to meet the needs of both the surgeon and the patient. Our team refines or redesigns the 
prototype as necessary based on the results of the product testing, allowing us to perform rapid iterations of the design-prototype-
test development cycle. Our clinical and regulatory personnel work in parallel with our product engineering personnel to facilitate 

16

regulatory clearances of our products. We believe that these product development efforts allow us to provide solutions that respond 
to the needs of our surgeon customers and their patients.

Similar to the spine and orthopedics product development process, our software engineers, product managers and design surgeons 
are working towards the full integration of our spinal implants and biologics product lines with our machine vision FLASH navigation 
system. This includes the design of specific software modules, features and tracked instruments designed to meet the needs of a 
wide range of procedures including, degenerative, complex, revision, and deformity spine procedures. In addition, we are also 
exploring opportunities to integrate the 7D Technology into a variety of adult and pediatric orthopedic applications. 

For biologics, we plan to develop line extensions for our innovative biologics technologies that will continue to improve bone 
forming potential while addressing specific procedural requirements both in the spine field and in general orthopedic applications. 
We are investigating new product formulations in the traditional DBM and Ceramic Matrix product categories. Our Biologics 
research and development team has experience in biomaterial sciences and bringing next generation technologies to market. 

In 2022, 2021, and 2020, we incurred research and development expenses of $49.1 million, $49.6 million, and $39.1 million, 
respectively.

Patents, Trade Secrets, Assignments and Licenses 

We rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets, assignment and license agreements, and non-disclosure agreements to protect 
our proprietary intellectual property. We possess numerous U.S. and foreign patents, have numerous pending patent applications, 
and have license rights under patents held by third parties. Our primary products are patented in the major markets in which they 
are sold. We do not believe that the expiration of any single patent is likely to significantly affect our intellectual property position. 
The medical device industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on 
allegations of patent infringement. Patent litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions and its outcome is uncertain. 
Our success is dependent, in part, on us not infringing upon patents issued to others, including our competitors and potential 
competitors. While we make extensive efforts to ensure that our products do not infringe other parties’ patents and proprietary 
rights, our products and methods may be covered by patents held by our competitors. For a further discussion of these risks, please 
see Item 1A of this Annual Report under the heading “Risk Factors.”

We rely on confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with employees, consultants, and other parties to protect, in part, trade 
secrets and other proprietary technology. 

We obtain assignments or licenses of varying durations for certain of our products from third parties. We typically acquire rights 
under such assignments or licenses in exchange for lump-sum payments or arrangements under which we pay a percentage of sales 
to the licensor. However, while assignments or licenses to us generally are irrevocable, no assurance can be given that these 
arrangements will continue to be made available to us on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. The terms of our license and 
assignment agreements vary in length from a specified number of years, to the life of product patents, or for the economic life of the 
product. These agreements generally provide for royalty payments and termination rights in the event of a material breach. 

Compliance and Ethics Program 

It is our fundamental policy to conduct business in accordance with the highest ethical and legal standards. We have a 
comprehensive compliance and ethics program, which is overseen by a Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer, who reports directly to 
our Chief Executive Officer and the Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors. The program is intended to promote lawful 
and ethical business practices throughout our domestic and international businesses. It is designed to prevent and detect violations 
of applicable federal, state, and local laws in accordance with the standards set forth in guidance issued by the U.S. Department of 
Justice (“U.S. DOJ”) (“Evaluation of Corporate Compliance Programs” (updated June 2020)), the Office of Inspector General (HCCA-
OIG “Measuring Compliance Program Effectiveness: A Resource Guide” (March 2017)), and the U.S. Sentencing Commission 
(“Effective Compliance and Ethics Programs” (November 2014)). Key elements of the program include: 

￿ Organizational oversight by senior-level personnel responsible for the compliance function within the Company 

￿ Written standards and procedures, including a Corporate Code of Conduct 

￿ Methods for communicating compliance concerns, including anonymous reporting mechanisms 

￿ Investigation and remediation measures to ensure a prompt response to reported matters and timely corrective action 

￿ Compliance education and training for employees and contracted business associates 

17

￿ Auditing and monitoring controls to promote compliance with applicable laws and to assess program effectiveness 

￿ Disciplinary guidelines to enforce compliance and address violations 

￿ Due diligence reviews of high risk intermediaries and exclusion lists screening of employees and contracted business 

associates

￿ Risk assessments to identify areas of compliance risk. 

Government Regulation

Classification and Approval of Products by the FDA and other Regulatory Authorities

Our research, development, and clinical programs, and our manufacturing and marketing operations, are subject to extensive 
regulation in the U.S. and other countries. Most notably, all of our products sold in the U.S. are subject to the Federal Food, Drug, 
and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”) and the Public Health Services Act as implemented and enforced by the FDA. The regulations that 
cover our products and facilities vary widely from country to country. The amount of time required to obtain approvals or clearances 
from regulatory authorities also differs from country to country. 

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we commercially distribute in the U.S. is covered by premarket notification 
(“510(k)”) clearance, letter to file, approval of a premarket approval application (“PMA”), or some other approval from the FDA. The 
FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes, which generally determine the type of FDA approval required. Devices 
deemed to pose low risk are placed in class I, devices deemed to pose moderate risk are placed in class II, and devices deemed to 
pose the greatest risks, requiring more regulatory controls to provide a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness, or devices 
deemed not substantially equivalent to a device that previously received 510(k) clearance (as described below), are placed in class 
III. Our Spinal Implants and Global Orthopedics products are, for the most part, classified as class II devices and the instruments used 
with these products are generally classified as class I. Our 7D FLASH navigation system is classified as class II and certain accessories 
thereto are classified as class I. Our Bone Growth Therapies products and the M6-C artificial cervical disc are currently classified as 
class III, and have been approved for commercial distribution in the U.S. through the PMA process. However, an FDA panel 
recommended that bone growth stimulator devices be reclassified by the FDA from class III to class II devices with special controls. 
For additional discussion of this development, see Item 1A of this Annual Report under the heading “Risk Factors.” 

The medical devices we develop, manufacture, distribute, and market are subject to rigorous regulation by the FDA and numerous 
other federal, state, and foreign governmental authorities. The process of obtaining FDA clearance and other regulatory approvals to 
develop and market a medical device, particularly from the FDA, can be costly and time-consuming, and there can be no assurance 
such approvals will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. While we believe we have obtained all necessary clearances and approvals 
for the manufacture and sale of our products and that they are in material compliance with applicable FDA and other material 
regulatory requirements, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue such compliance. 

In 2017, the European Union (“E.U.”) adopted the E.U. Medical Device Regulation (“MDR”) (Council Regulations 2017/745), which 
imposes strict requirements for the marketing and sale of medical devices, including new quality system and post-market 
surveillance requirements. The regulation, as amended in March 2023, provides a transition period for all currently-approved 
medical devices prior to May 2021 (under the European Medical Device Directive) to meet the additional requirements, and for 
certain devices, this transition period was extended until December 2027 for higher risk devices and until December 2028 for 
medium-and-lower risk devices. After this transition period, all medical devices marketed in the E.U. will require certification 
according to these new requirements. This regulation has required us to incur, and we expect to continue to incur, significant costs 
through the transition period and beyond to maintain compliance with the additional requirements. Failure to meet the 
requirements of the regulation could adversely impact our business in the E.U. and other countries that utilize or rely on E.U. 
requirements for medical device registrations.

In the E.U., our products that contain human-derived tissue, including demineralized bone material, are not medical devices as 
defined in the MDR. They are also not medicinal products as defined in Directive 2001/83/EC of the European Parliament and of the 
Council of the E.U. Today, the regulations in the E.U. governing products that contain human-derived tissue, if applicable, vary from 
one E.U. member state to the next. Because of the absence of a harmonized regulatory framework and the proposed regulation for 
advanced therapy medicinal products in the E.U., the approval process for human-derived cell or tissue-based medical products in 
the E.U. may be extensive, lengthy, expensive, and unpredictable.

Certain countries, as well as the E.U., have issued regulations that govern products that contain materials derived from animal 
sources. Regulatory authorities are particularly concerned with materials infected with the agent that causes bovine spongiform 
encephalopathy ("BSE"). These regulations affect our biomaterial products for the spine, which contain material derived from bovine 

18

tissue. Although we take steps designed to provide that our products are safe and free of agents that can cause disease, products 
that contain materials derived from animals, including our products, may become subject to additional regulation, or even be 
banned in certain countries, because of concern over the potential for prion transmission. Significant new regulations, a ban of our 
products, or a movement away from bovine-derived products because of an outbreak of BSE could have a material and adverse 
effect on our business or our ability to expand our business. See “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Non-Compliance with Laws and 
Regulations - Certain of our products contain materials derived from animal sources and may become subject to additional 
regulation.”

Within our Biologics product category, we market tissue for bone repair and reconstruction under the brand name Trinity ELITE, our 
allogeneic bone matrix comprised of cancellous bone containing viable cells and a demineralized cortical bone component. In 
addition, we provide demineralized cortical fiber technologies under the brand name FiberFuse, structural allografts for spinal 
fusion, and an amniotic membrane, which is a natural tissue barrier. These allografts are regulated under the FDA’s Human Cell, 
Tissues and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products ("HCT/P") regulatory paradigm and not as a medical device, biologic, or a drug. These 
tissues are regulated by the FDA as minimally-manipulated tissue and are covered by the FDA’s “Good Tissues Practices” regulations, 
which cover all stages of allograft processing. There can be no assurance our suppliers will continue to meet applicable regulatory 
requirements or that those requirements will not be changed in ways that could adversely affect our business. Further, there can be 
no assurance these products will continue to be made available to us or that applicable regulatory standards will be met or remain 
unchanged. Moreover, products derived from human tissue or bones are from time to time subject to recall for certain 
administrative or safety reasons and we may be affected by one or more such recalls.

In addition to our allograft solutions (HCT/Ps), we market and distribute additional biologics products that are synthetic in nature 
and are regulated by the FDA as medical devices, specifically Opus BA and the Opus MG lines of synthetic grafts. We also provide 
ancillary technologies regulated by the FDA as medical devices that aid in the delivery of our bone grafting options clinically. These 
products are sourced from third party manufacturers, which we believe maintain an adequate inventory to avoid disruptions in 
product supply. 

We also manufacture products derived from human tissue (demineralized bone tissue). Internally produced HCT/Ps may fall within 
the definition of a biological product, medical device, or drug regulated under the FDCA. These biologic, device or drug HCT/Ps must 
comply both with the requirements exclusively applicable to HCT/Ps and with requirements applicable to biologics, devices or drugs, 
including premarket clearance or approval from the FDA.

Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act authorizes the FDA to issue regulations to prevent the introduction, transmission, or 
spread of communicable disease. HCT/Ps regulated as 361 HCT/Ps are subject to requirements relating to registering facilities and 
listing products with the FDA, screening and testing for tissue donor eligibility, Good Tissue Practice when processing, storing, 
labeling, and distributing HCT/Ps, including required labeling information, stringent record keeping, and adverse event reporting.

The American Association of Tissue Banks ("AATB") has issued operating standards for tissue banking. Accreditation is voluntary, but 
compliance with these standards is a requirement to become an AATB-accredited tissue establishment. In addition, some states in 
the U.S. have their own tissue banking regulations. We are AATB-accredited and licensed or have permits for tissue banking in 
California, Florida, New York, Maryland, and other states that require specific licensing or registration.

Procurement of certain human organs and tissue for transplantation is subject to the restrictions of the National Organ Transplant 
Act (NOTA), which prohibits the transfer of certain human organs, including skin and related tissue for valuable consideration, but 
permits the reasonable payment associated with the removal, transportation, implantation, processing, preservation, quality control 
and storage of human tissue and skin. We reimburse tissue banks for their expenses associated with the recovery, storage and 
transportation of donated human tissue they provide to us for processing. We include in our pricing structure amounts paid to tissue 
banks to reimburse them for their expenses associated with the recovery and transportation of the tissue, in addition to certain 
costs associated with the processing, preservation, quality control and storage of the tissue, marketing and medical education 
expenses, and costs associated with development of tissue processing technologies. NOTA payment allowances may be interpreted 
to limit the amount of costs and expenses that we may recover in our pricing for our products, thereby reducing our future revenue 
and profitability. 

For a further description of some of the risks associated with matters described above, see Item 1A of this Annual Report under the 
heading “Risk Factors.” 

Certain Other Product and Manufacturing Regulations 

After a device is placed in the market, numerous regulatory requirements continue to apply. These regulatory requirements include: 
product listing and establishment registration; Quality System Regulation (“QSR”), which requires manufacturers, including third-
party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation, and other quality assurance procedures during all 
aspects of the manufacturing process; labeling regulations and governmental prohibitions against the promotion of products for 

19

uncleared, unapproved, or off-label uses or indications; clearance of product modifications that could significantly affect safety or 
efficacy or that would constitute a major change in intended use of one of our cleared devices; approval of product modifications 
that affect the safety or effectiveness of one of our PMA approved devices; Medical Device Adverse Event Reporting regulations, 
which require that manufacturers report to the FDA and other foreign governmental agencies if their device may have caused or 
contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious 
injury if the malfunction of the device or a similar device were to recur; post-approval restrictions or conditions, including post-
approval study commitments; post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to 
provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device; the FDA’s recall authority, whereby it can ask, or under certain 
conditions, order device manufacturers to recall a product from the market that is in violation of governing laws and regulations; 
regulations pertaining to voluntary recalls; and notices of corrections or removals. 

We and certain of our suppliers also are subject to announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA and European Notified 
Bodies to determine our compliance with the FDA’s QSR and other international regulations. If the FDA were to find that we or 
certain of our suppliers have failed to comply with applicable regulations, the agency could institute a wide variety of enforcement 
actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe sanctions, such as: fines and civil penalties against us, our officers, our 
employees, or our suppliers; delays in clearing or approving, or refusal to clear or approve our products; withdrawal or suspension of 
approval of our products or those of our third-party suppliers by the FDA or other regulatory bodies; product recall or seizure; 
interruption of production; operating restrictions; injunctions; and criminal prosecution. In addition to FDA inspections, all of our 
manufacturing facilities are subject to annual Notified Body inspections. 

Moreover, governmental authorities outside the U.S. have become increasingly stringent in their regulation of medical devices. Our 
products may become subject to more rigorous regulation by non-U.S. governmental authorities in the future. Additional regulation, 
whether in the U.S. or internationally, may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. For a description of some 
of the risks associated with the regulatory requirements described above, see Item 1A of this Annual Report under the heading “Risk 
Factors.”

Accreditation Requirements 

Our subsidiary, Orthofix US LLC, has been accredited by the Accreditation Commission for Health Care, Inc. (“ACHC”), for medical 
supply provider services with respect to durable medical equipment, prosthetics, orthotics, and supplies (“DMEPOS”). ACHC, a 
private, not-for-profit corporation, which is certified to ISO 9001:2000 standards, was developed by home care and community-
based providers to help companies improve business operations and quality of patient care. Although accreditation is generally a 
voluntary activity, where healthcare organizations submit to peer review their internal policies, processes, and patient care delivery 
against national standards, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) required DMEPOS suppliers to become 
accredited. We believe that by attaining accreditation, Orthofix US LLC has demonstrated its commitment to maintain a higher level 
of competency and a willingness to strive for excellence in its products, services, and customer satisfaction.

Third-Party Payor Requirements 

Our products may be reimbursed by third-party payors, such as government programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, and Tricare, or 
private insurance plans and healthcare networks. Third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device 
provided to a patient or used in a procedure does not meet applicable payment criteria or if the policyholder’s healthcare insurance 
benefits are limited. Also, non-government third-party payors are increasingly challenging the medical necessity and prices paid for 
our products and services. The Medicare program is expected to continue to implement a new payment mechanism for certain 
DMEPOS items via the implementation of its competitive bidding program. Bone growth therapy devices are currently exempt from 
this competitive bidding process.  

Laws Regulating Healthcare Fraud and Abuse; State Healthcare Laws 

Our sales and marketing practices are also subject to a number of U.S. laws regulating healthcare fraud and abuse, such as the 
federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the federal Physician Self-Referral Law (known as the “Stark Law”), the Civil False Claims Act, and 
the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), as well as numerous state laws regulating healthcare and 
insurance. These laws are enforced by the Office of Inspector General within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services 
(“HHS”), the U.S. DOJ, and other federal, state, and local agencies. Among other things, these laws and others generally (i) prohibit 
the provision of anything of value in exchange for the referral of patients or for the purchase, order, or recommendation of any item 
or service reimbursed by a federal healthcare program (including Medicare and Medicaid); (ii) require that claims for payment 
submitted to federal healthcare programs be truthful; (iii) prohibit the transmission of protected healthcare information to persons 
not authorized to receive that information; and (iv) require the maintenance of certain government licenses and permits. 

20

Laws Protecting the Confidentiality of Health Information 

U.S. federal and state laws protect the confidentiality of certain health information, in particular individually identifiable information 
such as medical records, and restrict the use and disclosure of that protected information. At the federal level, the HHS promulgates 
health information privacy and security rules under HIPAA. These rules protect health information by regulating its use and 
disclosure, including for research and other purposes. Failure of a HIPAA “covered entity” to comply with HIPAA regarding such 
“protected health information” could constitute a violation of federal law, subject to civil and criminal penalties. Covered entities 
include healthcare providers (including certain of those that sell devices or equipment) that engage in particular electronic 
transactions, including, as we do, the transmission of claims to health plans. Consequently, health information that we access, 
collect, analyze, and otherwise use and/or disclose includes protected health information that is subject to HIPAA. As noted above, 
many state laws also pertain to the confidentiality of health information. Such laws are not necessarily preempted by HIPAA, in 
particular those state laws that afford greater privacy protection to the individual than HIPAA. These state laws typically have their 
own penalty provisions, which could be applied in the event of an unlawful action affecting health information. 

In the E.U., the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), includes, among other things, a requirement for prompt notice of data 
breaches to data subjects and supervisory authorities in certain circumstances and significant fines for non-compliance. 
Internationally, some countries have also passed laws that require individually identifiable data on their citizens to be maintained on 
local servers and that may restrict transfer or processing of that data.

These laws and regulations impact the ways in which we use and manage personal data, protected health information, and our 
information technology systems. They also impact our ability to move, store, and access data across geographic boundaries. 
Compliance with these requirements may require changes in business practices, complicate our operations, and add complexity and 
additional management and oversight needs. They also may complicate our clinical research activities, as well as product offerings 
that involve transmission or use of clinical data.

Physician Payments Sunshine Provision of the Affordable Care Act

The Physician Payments Sunshine Provision of the Affordable Care Act (Section 6002) (the “Sunshine Act”), requires public disclosure 
to the U.S. government of payments to physicians and teaching hospitals, including in-kind transfers of value, such as gifts or meals. 
The Sunshine Act also provides penalties for non-compliance. The Sunshine Act requires that we file an annual report on March 31st 
of a calendar year for the transfers of value incurred for the prior calendar year.

In 2018, the Substance Use-Disorder Prevention that Promotes Opioid Recovery and Treatment for Patients and Communities Act 
(the “SUPPORT Act”) was signed into law. The SUPPORT Act expands the reporting obligation under the Sunshine Act to include 
payments and other transfers of value made to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified registered 
nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse midwives. These expanded reporting obligations were effective for payments reported in 
2022, with payment tracking beginning in 2021. Non-compliance with the Sunshine Act or SUPPORT Act is subject to civil monetary 
penalties.

In addition to the Sunshine Act, as expanded by the SUPPORT Act, we seek to comply with other international and individual state 
transparency laws, such as the transparency laws of Massachusetts and Vermont.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution 

We have a broad sales network comprised of direct sales representatives, sales agents, and distributors. This established sales 
network provides us with a platform to introduce new products and expand sales of existing products. Our products are distributed 
in approximately 68 countries worldwide.

Reporting Segments and Product Categories 

Historically, Orthofix has managed the business by two reporting segments, Global Spine and Global Orthopedics, which account for 
77% and 23%, respectively, of our total net sales in 2022. Comparatively, SeaSpine has historically managed its business as one 
operating segment, but with revenue reported in two product categories: (i) Biologics (formerly recognized as Orthobiologics) and 
(ii) Spinal Implants and Enabling Technologies. Following the merger with SeaSpine, which was completed on January 5, 2023, we 

21

expect to reassess our reporting segments in the first quarter of 2023 based on how the operations of the newly combined company 
will be managed.

Sales Network 

Our U.S. sales network is generally comprised of a mix of direct sales representatives and independent distributors, dependent upon 
each product category. An increasing number of these independent distributors sell products for more than one product category. 
Our Bone Growth Therapies product category is largely supported by a hybrid distribution network of direct sales representatives 
and independent distributors, whereas our Spinal Implants, Biologics, and Orthopedics sales organizations primarily consist of 
regional and territory business managers who oversee a broad network of independent distributors and sales agents. 

We market our Enabling Technologies portfolio through a direct sales force in the U.S. that works together with our independent 
sales agents to generate either a capital sale or to place systems and components in an account in a capital efficient manner in 
return for a long-term revenue commitment for our spine and/or biologics products. 

In the U.S., we typically consign our Biologics products and consign or loan our Spinal Implants and Orthopedics implant sets to 
hospitals and independent sales agents, who in turn deliver them to the hospital for a single surgical procedure or leave them with 
hospitals that are high volume users for use in multiple procedures. These sets typically contain the instruments, including 
disposables, and implants required to complete a surgery.

We focus on entering distribution relationships in territories with a high potential for growth, where our partner will carry our 
products exclusively, except with respect to clinical markets that our products do not address. We believe these more exclusive 
relationships allow us to grow faster and more cost effectively in these territories over the long term. We also plan to continue to 
invest in additional instrument sets and marketing and education efforts to support the expansion of our independent sales agent 
footprint.

Outside the U.S., we employ direct sales representatives in certain markets and also contract with independent stocking distributors, 
who purchase our products directly from us and independently sell them. In order to provide support to our independent sales 
network, we have sales and product specialists who regularly visit independent distributors to provide training and product support.

Marketing and Product Education

We market and sell our products principally to physicians, hospitals, ambulatory surgery centers, integrated health delivery systems, 
and other purchasing organizations. 

We support our sales force and sales expansion efforts through comprehensive and specialized training workshops for physicians 
and sales specialists consistent with the AdvaMed Code of Ethics (“AdvaMed Code”) and the MedTech Europe Code of Ethical 
Business Practice (“MedTech Code”). We organize regular multilingual teaching seminars in multiple locations and also virtually. To 
this end, we leverage the capacity of our hands-on cadaveric training laboratories located at our Lewisville, Texas, Carlsbad, 
California, and Wayne, Pennsylvania facilities to increase the number of training opportunities for surgeons and sales agents. In-
person trainings are also held at our facility in Verona, Italy, and in various locations in Latin America. We believe training and 
education will help surgeons become adept with our products and techniques, thereby improving outcomes for their patients. In 
recent years, thousands of surgeons from around the world have attended these in person and virtual product education seminars, 
which have included a variety of lectures from specialists, as well as demonstrations and hands-on workshops. 

22

We also produce marketing and training materials, including materials outlining surgical procedures, for our customers, sales force, 
and distributors in a variety of languages using printed, video, and multimedia formats. We require all of our sales force, direct and 
independent, to undergo extensive product, policy, and compliance training to ensure adherence to our standards, policies, and 
applicable law.

Competition

The global spine, biologics, orthopedics, and image guided surgery markets are highly competitive. We face significant competition 
in these markets from the spine and orthopedic divisions of large multinational medical device companies, established companies 
focused solely or primarily on spine and orthopedics, and from smaller, emerging companies focused on product innovation. These 
competitors are focused on bringing new technologies to market and acquiring technologies and technology licenses that directly 
compete with our products or that have potential product advantages that could render our products obsolete or noncompetitive.

Our Bone Growth Therapies product category competes principally with similar products marketed by Zimmer Biomet, DJO Global, 
and Bioventus. Our primary competitors in the Biologics, Enabling Technologies, and Spinal Implants markets include Alphatec Spine, 
Baxter, B. Braun, Brainlab, Bioventus, Cerapedics, DePuy Synthes Spine (a Johnson & Johnson company), Globus Medical, Medtronic, 
NuVasive, Stryker, Surgalign, XTANT Medical, ZimVie and various smaller public and private companies. For Global Orthopedics 
devices, our principal competitors include DePuy Synthes, Zimmer Biomet, Stryker, Smith & Nephew, and OrthoPediatrics. 

We believe that we enhance our competitive position by focusing on product features such as ease of use, versatility, cost, and 
patient acceptability, together with value-added services, such as the STIM onTrack mobile app, HEX RAY software, OrthoNext 
preoperative planning, and our medical education services. We attempt to avoid competing based solely on price. Overall cost and 
medical effectiveness, innovation, reliability, value-added service, and training are the most prevalent methods of competition in the 
markets for our products, and we believe we compete effectively.  

Manufacturing and Sources of Supply

In general, raw materials essential to our businesses are readily available from multiple sources. For reasons of quality assurance, 
availability or cost effectiveness, certain components and raw materials are available only from one supplier. Our relationships with 
suppliers that cannot be replaced without a material expense or delay are governed by written contracts, which are generally supply 
agreements. These agreements set forth the process by which we order components or raw materials, as applicable, from such 
suppliers (which process is either on a purchase order basis or based on quarterly or annual forecasts and in some cases require us 
to purchase minimum amounts) and the related fees for purchasing such components or raw materials. These agreements outline 
the rights of each party with respect to quality assurance, inspection and compliance with applicable law and contain what we 
believe to be customary indemnification provisions for commercial agreements. Each of these agreements is entered into in the 
ordinary course of our business, is immaterial in amount and significance, and not a contract upon which our business is 
substantially dependent. In addition, we endeavor to maintain sufficient inventory of components and raw materials so that our 
production will not be significantly disrupted even if a particular component or material is not available for a period of time.

Spine and Orthopedic Products 

We generally design, develop, assemble, test, and package our bone growth stimulation, spinal implant, and orthopedic products, 
and subcontract the manufacturing of a substantial portion of the component parts and instruments. Although certain of our key 
raw materials are obtained from a single source, we believe alternate sources for these materials are available. Further, we believe 
an adequate inventory supply is maintained to avoid product flow interruptions. Historically, we have not experienced difficulty in 
obtaining the materials necessary to meet our production schedules. 

Our products are currently manufactured and assembled in the U.S., Canada, and Italy. We believe our plants comply in all material 
respects with the requirements of the FDA and all relevant regulatory authorities outside the U.S. For a description of the laws to 
which we are subject, see Item 1, “Business”, under the subheadings “Corporate Compliance and Ethics Program” and “Government 
Regulation.” We actively monitor each of our subcontractors in order to maintain manufacturing and quality standards and product 
specification conformity.

Biologics

Most of our Biologics products contain material derived from human or bovine tissue. We only source our raw materials from tissue 
banks registered with the FDA and accredited by the AATB. The donors are screened, tested and processed by the tissue banks in 
accordance with FDA and AATB requirements. Additionally, each donor must pass FDA-specified bacterial and viral testing before 

23

raw material is distributed to us for further processing. We receive with each donor lot a certification of the safety of the raw 
material from the tissue bank’s medical director. As an added safety assurance, each lot of bone is released into the manufacturing 
process only after our quality assurance microbiologists screen the incoming bone and serology test records. During our 
manufacturing process, the bone particles are subjected to our proprietary process and terminally sterilized. This process is designed 
to support the safety and effectiveness of our DBM products.

The collagen used in our collagen ceramic matrix products is derived only from the deep flexor tendon of cattle less than 24 months 
old from New Zealand. The World Health Organization classifies different types of cattle tissue for relative risk of BSE transmission. 
Deep flexor tendon is in the lowest-risk category for BSE transmission (the same category as milk, for example) and is therefore 
considered to have a negligible risk of containing the agent that causes BSE (an improperly folded protein known as a prion).

We also partner with MTF Biologics to provide our customers allograft solutions (HCT/Ps) for various spine, orthopedic and other 
bone repair needs. MTF Biologics provides donor screening, processing, and quality standards that are expected by our customers. 
Our partnership with MTF allows us to exclusively market the Virtuos Lyograph, Trinity ELITE, FiberFuse and FiberFuse Strip, and 
certain other tissue forms and we have a non-exclusive marketing rights for our Opus BA and Opus MG Set synthetic, biologic 
offerings.

Human Capital Resources

Our key human capital objectives in managing our business include attracting, developing, and retaining top talent while integrating 
diversity, equity, and inclusion principles and practices into our core values.

Employees

At December 31, 2022, we had 1,092 employees worldwide. Of these, 786 were employed in the U.S. and 306 were employed at 
other non-U.S. locations. Our relations with our Italian employees, who numbered 227 at December 31, 2022, are governed by the 
provisions of a National Collective Labor Agreement setting forth mandatory minimum standards for labor relations in the metal 
mechanic workers industry. We are not a party to any other collective bargaining agreement. 

Subsequent to the merger with SeaSpine, which was completed on January 5, 2023, we have approximately 1,734 employees 
worldwide, with 1,371 employed in the U.S. and 363 employed at other non-U.S. locations. 

Compensation and Benefits

Because attracting, developing, and retaining high-level talent is a key component of our human capital objectives, we seek to 
provide competitive compensation and benefits packages, and to prioritize the health and wellness our employees. In addition to 
the comprehensive and competitive health plans that we offer, our employees receive access to the following benefits: a 401(k) 
retirement plan with a Company match, an employee stock purchase plan, virtual physician consults, an employee health advocate, 
a Company-provided basic life insurance and disability benefits corporate wellness program, an onsite fitness center for certain 
locations, paid parental leave, an employee assistance program, a flexible spending account, health savings accounts, and local 
employee discounts programs. Through our Innovator and Above and Beyond Award programs we recognize and reward our 
employees that exemplify our mission of providing transformative solutions that improve patients' lives.

Talent Development

We believe that success comes from investing in our people and ensuring our workforce is aligned with our mission and values. To 
achieve this goal, we devote time and resources to assist our employees in being familiar with our business, industry, and product 
offerings. We have developed a robust onboarding program for our newly hired associates that provides a comprehensive overview 
of our product portfolio and company history. We put an emphasis on training our employees and sales representatives to 
understand our business, including the underlying medical conditions that our products treat. In addition, we strive to support our 
teams in the areas of development, mentoring, engagement, and health and wellness, enabling them to do their best work as they 
grow their careers. In 2022, we successfully completed our second annual summer internship program with 80% of participating 
interns meeting a diversity criteria. Additionally, in 2022 we matched interns hired from our 2021 program to employee mentors, 
continued our 2021 Leadership Excellence and Acceleration Program (“LEAP”) inaugural cohort, and prepared for a second cohort to 
launch in 2023, which will include a minimum of 25% minority participation.

24

Diversity and Inclusion

We are committed to fostering, cultivating, and preserving a culture that promotes diversity, equity, and inclusion. We seek to 
demonstrate our commitment to providing equal and equitable opportunities to all employees through programs such as our 
Moving 4ward initiative, a program created to embrace the value of diversity and reflect the communities where we live and work. 
Additionally, we proudly support the Orthofix Women’s Network, a program that provides opportunities for women to learn from 
each other and grow within our company and our industry. Throughout the year, we promote a variety of diverse voices to our 
employees by recognizing events such as Black History Month, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Women’s History Month, Asian Pacific 
American Heritage Month, LGBTQ Pride Month, Juneteenth, and Hispanic Heritage Month. We seek to embrace and encourage our 
employees’ differences and know that diversity, equity and inclusion help build a truly global, transformative business and will 
continue to be a source of our strength. Building on this belief, we launched companywide, and incorporated into our new hire 
orientation, a training titled, “Hiring, Leading and Fostering Diverse and Inclusive Teams”. We intend that by end of 2023, all hiring 
managers, leaders, and interviewers will have completed this training.

Health and Safety

Promoting and protecting the safety of our workforce is a top priority. Health and safety matters are responsibilities that we share 
throughout our organization. We evolved in these matters during the last few years to meet the needs of our workforce during the 
COVID-19 pandemic. Employees’ safety risks vary depending on the roles they perform, and we seek to tailor our safety efforts 
accordingly. We periodically measure the sentiment of our employees through an employee engagement survey and share the 
results and action items identified from the survey with our employees.

Community

We support a variety of charitable organizations through donations, fundraising efforts, educational partnerships with colleges and 
universities, and local community development. Over the years, we have raised funds and awareness for veteran support groups, 
food and homebuilding organizations, and health-related institutions. In 2022, we added a corporate objective to our annual 
incentive program to encourage community volunteerism. Under this program, our employees contributed 1,988 hours to 
community outreach programs, which exceeded our communicated goal. We proudly supported Donate Life, relief efforts for 
Ukraine, Texas Scottish Rite Hospital for Children, blood drives, food pantries and other charitable initiatives in the communities we 
live and work in around the world. 

25

Item 1A.

Risk Factors 

In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report and the exhibits hereto, you should carefully consider the risks 
described below. These risks are not the only ones that we may face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently 
consider immaterial may also impair our business operations. This Annual Report also contains forward-looking statements that 
involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements 
as a result of certain factors, including the risks faced by us described below or elsewhere in this Annual Report. Investing in our 
common stock involves a high degree of risk and if any of these risks or uncertainties occur, the trading price of our common stock 
could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment. The disclosures in this Item 1A of this Annual Report under the 
heading “Risk Factors” relate to the combined company subsequent to the merger unless otherwise noted. 

Summary of Risk Factors 

The section provides a summary of many of the risks we are exposed to in the normal course of our business activities. The summary 
does not contain all of the information that may be important to you, and you should read the summary together with the more 
detailed discussion of risks set forth following this section as well as elsewhere in this report.

•

•
•
•

•

•

•

•
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

The merger of Orthofix and SeaSpine may trigger change in control or other provisions in certain distributor, customer 
and other agreements, any of which may have an adverse impact on the combined company’s business and results of 
operations .
Uncertainties associated with the merger may cause a loss of management personnel and other key employees.
Stockholder litigation related to the merger could negatively affect our business and operations.
Integration of the Orthofix and SeaSpine businesses is expected to be expensive and time-intensive and we may not be 
able to successfully integrate the businesses and/or realize anticipated synergies and benefits in a timely manner, if at 
all.
We are subject to a wide range of requirements, regulations, and laws due to our international operations and related to 
the medical device industry in which we operate, the violation of any of which could subject us to adverse 
consequences.
Ongoing healthcare reform initiatives and changes in third-party reimbursement policies and in the healthcare industry 
aimed at cost containment may adversely impact our business.
We and certain of our suppliers are subject to extensive government regulation that increases our costs and could limit 
our ability to market or sell our products. 
Oversight of the medical device industry might affect the way we sell medical devices and compete in the marketplace.
An FDA panel recommended that bone growth stimulator devices be reclassified by the FDA from Class III to Class II 
devices, which could increase future competition for us in this product category and negatively affect our future sales of 
such products.
We are subject to requirements relating to hazardous materials which may impose significant compliance or other costs 
on us.
The COVID-19 pandemic, and the related effects thereof, has materially adversely affected, and could continue to 
materially adversely affect, our operations, supply chain, manufacturing, product demand, product distribution, 
customers and other business activities.
The ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine, and the global response to it, could adversely impact our global 
operations.
Our business may be adversely affected if consolidation in the healthcare industry leads to demand for price concessions 
or if a group purchasing organization (“GPO”) or similar entity excludes us from being a supplier. 
The industry in which we operate is highly competitive. New product developments and improvements by our 
competitors could make our products or technologies non-competitive or obsolete. Similarly, unless clinical studies 
demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our products, alone and relative to competitive products, our sales may be 
adversely affected.
Our ability to market products successfully depends, in part, upon the acceptance of the products not only by 
consumers, but also by independent third parties, including physicians, hospitals, and third party payors. 
Clinical development is a lengthy and expensive process with an inherently uncertain outcome. Failure to successfully 
complete clinical trials and obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates on our anticipated timelines at 

26

reasonable costs to us, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial 
condition.
If the third parties on which we rely to conduct our clinical studies do not perform as contractually required or expected, 
we may not obtain required approvals for or commercialize our products.
Certain of our products are derived from human tissue or contain materials derived from animal sources and are or 
could be subject to additional regulations.
Unfavorable negative publicity concerning both alleged improper methods of tissue recovery from donors and disease 
transmission from donated tissue could limit widespread acceptance of some of our products.
We may not be able to successfully introduce new products to the market and, if we do, market acceptance or the 
market size for our products may not be as we expect.
There is no guarantee that regulatory authorities, U.S. or foreign, will grant clearance or premarket approval of our 
future products.
Our success depends on our ability to successfully educate and train surgeons and their staff on the benefits, safety, 
cost-effectiveness, and proper use of our products.
Security breaches, cyber-attacks, loss of data, and other disruptions to our information technology systems could 
compromise sensitive information and/or adversely affect our business.
Our business could be harmed if any of our manufacturing, development or research facilities are damaged and/or our 
manufacturing processes are interrupted.
We depend on a limited number of third-party manufacturers and suppliers for manufacturing and processing activities, 
components, and raw materials. Failure of these third parties to perform as expected could result in substantial delays, 
increased costs or failures of our product development programs, or delayed or unsuccessful commercialization of our 
products.
We may not maintain or grow our revenue if we are unable to maintain and expand our network of independent sales 
representatives and distributors.
Our success depends on the services of key members of our senior management and other key employees.
Our business is subject to economic, political, regulatory, and other risks associated with international sales and 
operations. 
Our failure to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our position in the marketplace 
or prevent or impede the commercial protection of our products.
We may be subject to third parties claims for infringement or misappropriation of their intellectual property.
There have been substantial intellectual property disputes in our industry, which are inherently costly, divert significant 
time and other resources, and have unpredictable outcomes.
We may have significant product or other liability exposure, some of which may not be covered by insurance, and if 
covered by insurance, such coverage may not cover all claims, which could require us to pay substantial sums.
Our efforts to identify, pursue, and implement new business opportunities (including acquisitions) may be unsuccessful.
We have invested in and provided loans to privately-held companies and if they are unsuccessful, we may lose all of our 
investment and our loans may not be repaid.
Our sales volumes and our operating results may fluctuate.
Our goodwill, intangible assets and fixed assets are subject to potential impairment which could adversely affect our 
future financial results.
We maintain a $300.0 million secured revolving credit facility secured by a pledge of substantially all of our property. 
Our failure to comply with the facility’s covenants could result in an event of default, which could adversely affect our 
future.
We must maintain high levels of inventory, which could consume a significant amount of our resources and reduce our 
cash flows.
Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise additional funds in the future, and such funds may not 
be available on acceptable terms or at all.
Our business could be negatively impacted by corporate citizenship and environmental, social, and governance ("ESG") 
matters and/or our reporting of such matters.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•
•

•

•
•

•

•
•

•
•

•

•

•

•

27

Risks Related to our Recently Completed Merger with SeaSpine

The merger may trigger change in control or other provisions in certain distributor, customer and other agreements to which Orthofix 
or SeaSpine is a party, which may have an adverse impact on the combined company’s business and results of operations following 
completion of the merger.

The merger may trigger change in control and other provisions in certain agreements to which Orthofix or SeaSpine is a party. If 
Orthofix or SeaSpine is unable to negotiate waivers of those provisions, counterparties may exercise their rights and remedies under 
the agreements, including terminating the agreements or seeking monetary damages or equitable remedies. Even if Orthofix and 
SeaSpine are able to negotiate consents or waivers, the counterparties may require a fee for such waivers or seek to renegotiate the 
agreements on terms less favorable to Orthofix or SeaSpine. Any of the foregoing or similar developments may have an adverse 
impact on the combined company’s business and results of operations following the completion of the merger.

Uncertainties associated with the merger may cause a loss of management personnel and other key employees, which could 
adversely affect the future business and operations of the combined company following completion of the merger.

We are dependent on the experience and industry knowledge of our officers and other key employees to execute our business 
plans. The combined company’s success after the completion of the merger will depend in part upon the ability of the combined 
company to retain certain key management personnel and employees of Orthofix and SeaSpine. As a result of the merger, current 
and prospective employees may experience uncertainty about their roles following the completion of the transactions, which may 
have an adverse effect on our ability to attract or retain key management and other key personnel. In addition, no assurance can be 
given that the combined company will be able to attract or retain key management personnel and other key employees to the same 
extent that Orthofix and SeaSpine have previously been able to attract or retain their own employees.

Stockholder litigation could negatively affect our business and operations.

On each of November 17, 2022, November 21, 2022, and December 13, 2022, purported then-stockholders of SeaSpine filed a 
complaint against SeaSpine and the then-members of SeaSpine’s board of directors in the United States District Court for the 
Southern District of New York and in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. In addition, on December 13, 2022, 
a purported then-stockholder of Orthofix filed a complaint against Orthofix and the then-members of Orthofix’s board of directors in 
the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaints assert claims under Section 14(a) of the 
Exchange Act and Rule 14a-9 promulgated thereunder and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act for allegedly causing a materially 
incomplete and misleading registration statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on November 8, 2022, or for allegedly causing a 
materially incomplete and misleading Schedule 14A definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC on November 23, 2022. Among 
other remedies, the plaintiffs sought to enjoin the merger. All four of these actions have now been voluntarily dismissed by the 
plaintiffs. On November 19, 2022, counsel to two different purported then-stockholders of SeaSpine sent demand letters making 
similar assertions. On November 23, 2022, counsel to another purported then-stockholder of SeaSpine sent a draft federal court 
complaint containing similar allegations, making similar claims under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 14a-9 promulgated 
thereunder and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, and also seeking to enjoin the merger. In addition, on November 15, 2022 and 
December 20, 2022, counsel to two different purported then-stockholders of Orthofix sent demand letters to Orthofix’s counsel 
attaching draft federal court complaints against Orthofix and the then-members of the Orthofix board making similar claims under 
Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 14a-9 promulgated thereunder and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, and also sought to 
enjoin the merger. On December 14, 2022, and December 22, 2022, counsel to two additional purported then-stockholders of 
Orthofix sent demand letters to Orthofix’s counsel containing similar allegations. Although the ultimate outcome of these lawsuits 
cannot be predicted with certainty, Orthofix and SeaSpine believe the claims are without merit and intend to defend against these 
actions vigorously.

Securities class action lawsuits and derivative lawsuits are often brought against companies that have entered into merger 
agreements. Additional lawsuits against Orthofix, SeaSpine, Merger Sub and/or the directors and officers of Orthofix and/or 
SeaSpine in connection with the merger may be filed in the future. Neither Orthofix nor SeaSpine can give assurance as to the 
outcome of any lawsuit that has been or may be filed, including the amount of costs associated with defending claims or any other 
liabilities that may be incurred in connection with such litigation. Whether or not any plaintiff’s claim is successful, this type of 
litigation may result in significant costs and divert management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect the 
operation of Orthofix’s and SeaSpine’s business.

The combined company may be unable to successfully integrate the Orthofix and SeaSpine businesses and realize the anticipated 
benefits of the merger.

28

The success of the merger will depend, in part, on the combined company’s ability to successfully combine and integrate the 
Orthofix and SeaSpine businesses, and realize the anticipated benefits, including synergies, cost savings, innovation and 
technological opportunities and operational efficiencies from the merger in a manner that does not materially disrupt existing 
customer, supplier, and employee relations and does not result in decreased revenues due to losses of, or decreases in orders by, 
customers. If the combined company is unable to achieve these objectives within the anticipated time frame, or at all, the 
anticipated benefits may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected, and the value of the combined 
company common stock may decline. Integration may result in additional and unforeseen expenses, and the combined company 
may fail to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of the merger on a timely basis or at all.

While we have successfully completed a number of integration activities since the closing of merger, the remainder of our 
integration activities may not be completed smoothly or successfully. The integration of the two companies may result in material 
challenges, including, without limitation:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

managing a larger, more complex combined medical device business;

maintaining employee morale and retaining key management and other employees;

retaining existing business and operational relationships, including customers, suppliers and employees and other 
counterparties, as may be impacted by contracts containing consent and/or other provisions that may be triggered by 
the merger, and attracting new business and operational relationships;

unanticipated issues in integrating the numerous systems involved in operating our businesses, including information 
technology, communications, purchasing, accounting and finance, including integrating different accounting policies, 
sales, billing, payroll, employee benefits, regulatory compliance and other systems;

successfully addressing inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures or policies that could affect our ability to 
maintain relationships with customers and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the merger;

consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures and eliminating duplicative operations;

coordinating geographically separate organizations, systems, and facilities and addressing possible differences in 
business backgrounds, corporate cultures, and management philosophies; and

unforeseen expenses or delays associated with the merger.

Many of these factors will be outside of our control, and any one of them could result in delays, increased costs, decreases in the 
amount of expected revenues and other adverse impacts, which could materially affect the combined company’s financial position, 
results of operations and cash flows. In addition, the integration of certain operations requires the dedication of significant 
management resources, which may temporarily distract management’s attention from our day-to-day business. Employee 
uncertainty and lack of focus during the integration process may also disrupt our business. 

In addition, SeaSpine completed its merger with 7D Surgical, Inc. in May 2021, and the integration of the SeaSpine business and 7D 
Surgical remains in process and remains subject to certain risks, including that (a) the benefits expected to be received from the 
acquisition may not be realized in their entirety, (b) there could be unanticipated adverse impacts on our or 7D Surgical’s business, 
and/or we may otherwise not realize the expected return on our investment, (c) we may be subject to claims or liabilities related to 
7D Surgical’s business arising after the merger was completed and SeaSpine may have failed to identify or assess the magnitude of 
certain liabilities, shortcomings or other circumstances prior to acquiring 7D Surgical; and (d) 7D Surgical was not required to 
maintain an internal control infrastructure that would meet the standards of a U.S. public company, and we may incur substantial 
costs to implement such controls and procedures and we could encounter unexpected delays and challenges in this implementation. 
The ongoing integration of 7D Surgical may increase the complexity of, and challenges associated with, the integration of the 
Orthofix and SeaSpine businesses, which may make it more difficult for Orthofix and SeaSpine to achieve the anticipated benefits of 
the merger fully or at all, or within the anticipated time frame.

The future results of the combined company may be adversely impacted if the combined company does not effectively manage its 
complex operations following the completion of the merger.

Following the completion of the merger, the size of the combined company’s business will be significantly larger than the current 
size of either SeaSpine’s business or Orthofix’s business. The combined company’s ability to successfully manage this expanded 
business will depend, in part, upon management’s ability to design and implement strategic initiatives that address not only the 
integration of the Orthofix and SeaSpine businesses, but also the increased scale and scope of the combined business with its 

29

associated increased costs and complexity. There can be no assurances that the combined company will be successful in integrating 
the businesses or that it will realize the expected operating efficiencies, cost savings and other benefits currently anticipated from 
the merger.

We expect to incur substantial expenses related to the completion of the merger and the integration of the Orthofix and SeaSpine 
businesses.

We will incur substantial expenses in connection with the completion of the merger to integrate a large number of processes, 
policies, procedures, operations, technologies and systems of Orthofix and SeaSpine in connection with the merger. The substantial 
majority of these costs will be non-recurring expenses related to the transactions and facilities and systems consolidation costs. The 
combined company may incur additional costs or suffer loss of business under third-party contracts that are terminated or that 
contain change in control or other provisions that may be triggered by the completion of the transactions, and/or losses of, or 
decreases in orders by, customers, and may also incur costs to retain certain key management personnel and employees. Orthofix 
and SeaSpine will also incur transaction fees and costs related to formulating integration plans for the combined business, and the 
execution of these plans may lead to additional unanticipated costs and time delays. These incremental transaction-related costs 
may exceed the savings the combined company expects to achieve from the elimination of duplicative costs and the realization of 
other efficiencies related to the integration of the businesses, particularly in the near term and in the event there are material 
unanticipated costs. Factors beyond the parties’ control could affect the total amount or timing of these expenses, many of which, 
by their nature, are difficult to estimate accurately.

The market price of the combined company common stock after the merger is completed may be affected by factors different from 
those affecting the price of Orthofix common stock or SeaSpine common stock before the merger is completed.

Upon completion of the merger, previous holders of Orthofix common stock and previous holders of SeaSpine common stock are 
now holders of common stock of the combined company. As the businesses of Orthofix and SeaSpine are different, the results of 
operations, as well as the price of the combined company common stock, may, in the future, be affected by factors different from 
those factors affecting each of Orthofix and SeaSpine as an independent stand-alone company. The combined company will face 
additional risks and uncertainties to which each of Orthofix and SeaSpine may not have previously been exposed. As a result, the 
market price of the combined company’s shares may fluctuate significantly following completion of the merger. 

The market price of the combined company common stock may decline as a result of the merger, including as a result of some 
Orthofix and/or SeaSpine stockholders adjusting their portfolios.

The market price of the combined company common stock may decline as a result of the merger if, among other things, the 
operational cost savings estimates in connection with the integration of the Orthofix and SeaSpine businesses are not realized, there 
are unanticipated negative impacts on Orthofix’s financial position, or if the transaction costs related to the merger are greater than 
expected. The market price also may decline if the combined company does not achieve the perceived benefits of the merger as 
rapidly or to the extent anticipated by financial or industry analysts or if the effect of the transactions on the combined company’s 
financial position, results of operations or cash flows is not consistent with the expectations of financial or industry analysts.

In addition, sales of combined company common stock after the completion of the merger may cause the market price of such 
common stock to decrease. Based on the number of shares of SeaSpine common stock outstanding immediately prior to the close of 
the merger, Orthofix issued an aggregate of approximately 16.0 million shares of Orthofix common stock to holders of SeaSpine 
common stock in the merger. Historical SeaSpine stockholders may decide not to hold the shares of combined company common 
stock they will receive in the merger. In addition, certain Orthofix stockholders, such as funds with limitations on their permitted 
holdings of stock in individual issuers, may be required to sell their shares of common stock following completion of the merger. 
Such sales of combined company common stock could have the effect of depressing the market price for the combined company 
common stock.

Any of these events may (i) make it more difficult for the combined company to sell equity or equity-related securities, (ii) dilute 
your ownership interest in the combined company, and/or (iii) have an adverse impact on the price of the combined company 
common stock.

30

Risks Related to our Legal and Regulatory Environment

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls or discover material weaknesses in our internal control over financial 
reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or detect fraud, which could harm our business and the 
trading price of our common stock.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important in our effort to prevent 
financial fraud. We are required to periodically evaluate the effectiveness of the design and operation of our internal controls. As 
has occurred in several years prior, these evaluations may result in the conclusion that enhancements, modifications, or changes to 
our internal controls are necessary or desirable. While management evaluates the effectiveness of our internal controls on a regular 
basis, these controls may not always be effective. There are inherent limitations on the effectiveness of internal controls, including 
collusion, management override, and failure of human judgment. Because of this, control procedures are designed to reduce rather 
than eliminate business risks. Also, previously effective internal controls may become inadequate over time because of changes in 
our business or operating structure, and we may fail to take measures to evaluate the adequacy of and update these controls, as 
necessary. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls or if management or our independent registered public 
accounting firm were to discover material weaknesses in our internal controls, we may be unable to produce reliable financial 
reports or prevent fraud, which could harm our financial condition and operating results, and could result in a loss of investor 
confidence and a decline in our stock price.

We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) and other similar anti-bribery laws and any violations of such laws 
could subject us to adverse consequences.

The FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making 
improper payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also imposes 
accounting standards and requirements on U.S. publicly traded entities and their foreign affiliates, which are intended to prevent 
the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of bribes and other improper payments. Because of the predominance of 
government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, many of our customer relationships outside of the U.S. are with 
governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws.

In recent years, both the U.S. and non-U.S. regulators have increased regulation, enforcement, inspections, and governmental 
investigations of the medical device industry, including increased U.S. government oversight and enforcement of the FCPA. Despite 
implementation of a comprehensive global healthcare compliance program, we may be subject to more regulation, enforcement, 
inspections, and investigations by governmental authorities in the future.

Any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations in the U.S. or abroad could adversely affect us in a variety of 
ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil, and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of 
individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, suspension or withdrawal of CE Certificates of Conformity, seizure of 
shipments, restrictions on certain business activities, disgorgement and other remedial measures, disruptions of our operations, and 
significant management distraction. Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result in the 
disruption of our distribution and sales activities. Any reduction in international sales, or our failure to further develop our 
international markets, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We are subject to federal and state healthcare fraud, abuse, and anti-self-referral laws, and could face substantial penalties if we are 
determined not to have fully complied with such laws. 

Healthcare fraud and abuse regulations by federal and state governments impact our business. Healthcare fraud and abuse laws 
potentially applicable to our operations include: 

￿ The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or paying 

remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce the purchase or recommendation of an item or service 
reimbursable under a federal healthcare program (such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs); 

￿ The federal Stark law, which prohibits physician self-referral, specifically a referral by a physician of a Medicare or Medicaid 
patient to an entity providing designated health services if the physician or an immediate family member has a financial 
relationship with that entity;

￿ Federal false claims laws, which prohibit, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for 

payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal government payors that are false or fraudulent; and 

31

￿ State and non-U.S. laws analogous to each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may 
apply to items or services reimbursed by non-governmental or non-U.S. governmental third-party payors, including 
commercial insurers. 

Federal and state government agencies, as well as private whistleblowers, have significantly increased investigations and 
enforcement activity under these laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the 
curtailment or restructuring of our operations, or the exclusion from participation in federal, non-U.S., or state healthcare programs. 
Although we exercise care in structuring our sales and marketing practices, customer discount arrangements, and interactions with 
healthcare professionals to comply with these laws and regulations, we cannot provide assurance that government officials will not 
assert that our practices are not in compliance or that government regulators or courts will interpret those laws or regulations in a 
manner consistent with our interpretation. Even if an investigation is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, we may spend 
considerable time and resources defending ourselves and the adverse publicity surrounding any assertion that we may have 
engaged in violative conduct could have a material and adverse effect on our reputation with existing and potential customers and 
on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Reimbursement policies of third parties, cost containment measures, and healthcare reform could adversely affect the demand for 
our products and limit our ability to sell our products. 

Maintaining and growing sales of our products depends on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-
party payors, both within and outside the U.S. Our products are sold either directly by us or by independent sales representatives to 
customers or to our independent distributors and purchased by hospitals, healthcare providers, and patients. These products may 
be reimbursed by third-party payors, such as government programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, and Tricare, or private insurance 
plans, managed care organizations, and healthcare networks. Major third-party payors for medical services in the U.S. and 
internationally continue to work to contain health care costs, are increasingly challenging the policies and the prices charged for 
medical products and services, and have or may implement initiatives to limit the growth of healthcare costs, including price 
regulation, competitive pricing, coverage and payment policies, comparative effectiveness of therapies, technology assessments, 
and managed-care arrangements. Any medical policy developments that eliminate, reduce, or materially modify coverage of our 
reimbursement rates for our products could have an impact on our ability to sell our products. In addition, third-party payors 
continually review and revise their coverage and reimbursement policies for procedures involving the use of our products and can, 
without notice, eliminate or reduce coverage or reimbursement if they determine that a device or product provided to a patient or 
used in a procedure does not meet applicable payment criteria or if the policyholder’s healthcare insurance benefits are limited. 

For example, in the past, a major national third-party insurer in the U.S. reduced coverage (from all or most cases to limited 
indications) for biomechanical devices (e.g., spine cages) used in cervical fusion procedures, stating that the devices had not been 
shown to be more effective than bone graft. In addition, certain insurers have limited coverage for vertebral fusions in the lumbar 
spine and other insurers may adopt similar coverage decisions in the future. Limits put on reimbursement could make it more 
difficult to buy our products and substantially reduce, or possibly eliminate, patient access to our products. In addition, should 
governmental authorities continue to enact legislation or adopt regulations that affect third-party coverage and reimbursement, 
access to our products and coverage by private or public insurers may be reduced with a consequential material adverse effect on 
our sales and profitability. 

CMS, in its ongoing implementation of the Medicare program, periodically reviews medical study literature to determine how the 
literature addresses certain procedures and therapies in the Medicare population. The impact that this information could have on 
Medicare coverage policy for our products is currently unknown, but we cannot provide assurances that the resulting actions will 
not restrict Medicare coverage for our products.  There can be no assurance that we or our distributors will not experience 
significant reimbursement problems in the future related to these or other proceedings.

As required by law, CMS has continued efforts to implement a competitive bidding program for selected DMEPOS items paid for by 
the Medicare program. In this program, Medicare rates are based on bid amounts for certain products in designated geographic 
areas, rather than the Medicare fee schedule amount. Bone growth stimulation products are currently exempt from this competitive 
bidding process. We cannot predict which products from any of our businesses may ultimately be affected or whether or when the 
competitive bidding process may be extended to our businesses. There can be no assurance that the implementation of the 
competitive bidding program will not have an adverse impact on the sales of some of our products.

With respect to international sales, market acceptance may depend, in part, upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement 
within prevailing healthcare payment systems. Reimbursement and healthcare payment systems in international markets vary 
significantly by country. As in the U.S., our products may not obtain coverage and reimbursement approvals in a timely manner, if at 
all, in a particular international market. In addition, even if we obtain country-specific coverage and reimbursement approvals, we 
could incur considerable expense to do so. Our failure to obtain such coverage and approvals would negatively affect market 
acceptance of our products in the international markets in which such failure occurs and the expenses incurred in connection with 
obtaining such coverage and approvals could outweigh the benefits of obtaining them. 

32

Globally, our products are sold in many countries, such as the U.K., Germany, France, and Italy, which have publicly funded 
healthcare systems. The ability of hospitals supported by such systems to purchase our products is dependent, in part, upon public 
budgetary constraints. Any increase in such constraints may have a material adverse effect on our sales and collection of accounts 
receivable from such sales. 

If the trend by governmental agencies and other third-party payors to reduce coverage of and/or reimbursement for procedures 
using our products continues, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. 
Further, we cannot be certain that, under current and future payment systems, the cost of our products will be adequately 
incorporated into the overall cost of the procedure and, accordingly, we cannot be certain that the procedures performed with our 
products will be reimbursed at a cost-effective level, or at all.

We and certain of our suppliers may be subject to extensive government regulation that increases our costs and could limit our ability 
to market or sell our products. 

The medical devices we manufacture and market are subject to rigorous regulation by the FDA and numerous other federal, state, 
and foreign governmental authorities. These authorities regulate the development, approval, classification, testing, manufacturing, 
labeling, marketing, and sale of medical devices. Likewise, our use and disclosure of certain categories of health information may be 
subject to federal and state laws, implemented and enforced by governmental authorities that protect health information privacy 
and security. For a description of these regulations, see Item 1, “Business,” under the subheading “Government Regulation.” 

The approval or clearance by governmental authorities, including the FDA in the U.S., is generally required before any medical 
devices may be marketed in the U.S. or other countries. We cannot predict whether, in the future, the U.S. or foreign governments 
may impose regulations that have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. 

The process of obtaining FDA clearance and approvals to develop and market a medical device can be costly, time-consuming, and 
subject to the risk that such clearances or approvals will not be granted on a timely basis, if at all. The regulatory process may delay 
or prohibit the marketing of new products and impose substantial additional costs if the FDA lengthens review times for new 
devices. Further, the FDA has the ability to change the regulatory classification of a cleared or approved device from a higher to a 
lower regulatory classification, or to reclassify an HCT/P, either of which could materially adversely impact our ability to market or 
sell our devices. 

In addition, we must engage in extensive recordkeeping and reporting. For example, the Federal Medical Device Reporting 
regulation requires us to provide information to the FDA whenever there is evidence that reasonably suggests that a device may 
have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or that a malfunction occurred that would be likely to cause or contribute to 
a death or serious injury upon recurrence.

We and certain of our suppliers also are subject to announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA to determine our 
compliance with FDA’s QSR and other regulations. Allegations may be made against us or against our suppliers, including donor 
recovery groups or tissue banks, claiming that the acquisition or processing of biomaterials products does not comply with 
applicable FDA regulations or other relevant statutes and regulations. Allegations like these could cause regulators or other 
authorities to investigate or take other action against us or our suppliers, or could cause negative publicity for us or our industry 
generally. If the FDA were to investigate us, because of an allegation or otherwise, and if the FDA were to conclude that we are not 
in compliance with applicable laws or regulations, or that any of our medical devices are ineffective or pose an unreasonable health 
risk, the agency could institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe sanctions 
such as fines and civil penalties against us, our officers, our employees, or our suppliers; unanticipated expenditures to address or 
defend such actions; delays in clearing or approving, or refusal to clear or approve, our products; withdrawal or suspension of 
approval of our products or those of our third-party suppliers by the FDA or other regulatory bodies; product recall or seizure; 
interruption of production; operating restrictions; injunctions; and criminal prosecution. The FDA also has the authority to request 
repair, replacement, or refund of the cost of any medical device manufactured or distributed by us. The FDA may also recommend 
prosecution to the U.S. Department of Justice. Any notice or communication from the FDA regarding a failure to comply with 
applicable requirements, or negative publicity or product liability claims resulting from any adverse regulatory action, could have a 
material adverse effect on our development of new laboratory tests, business strategy, financial condition, results of operations, or 
cash flows. 

We have little control over the ongoing compliance of our suppliers with applicable regulations. Their failure to comply may expose 
us to regulatory action and other liability, including fines and civil penalties, suspension of production, suspension or delay in new 
product approval or clearance, product seizure or recall, or withdrawal of product approval or clearance.

Moreover, governmental authorities outside the U.S. have become increasingly stringent in their regulation of medical devices, and 
our products may become subject to more rigorous regulation by non-U.S. governmental authorities in the future. U.S. or non-U.S. 

33

government regulations may be imposed in the future that may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. The 
European Commission (“EC”) has harmonized national regulations for the control of medical devices through European Medical 
Device Directives with which manufacturers must comply. Under these new regulations, manufacturing plants must have received a 
full Quality Assurance Certification from a “Notified Body” in order to be able to sell products within the member states of the E.U. 
This Certification allows manufacturers to stamp the products of certified plants with a “CE” mark. Products covered by the EC 
regulations that do not bear the CE mark cannot be sold or distributed within the E.U. We have received certification for all currently 
existing manufacturing facilities. 

In addition, until a completed mutual recognition agreement exists between Switzerland and the E.U., Switzerland will be considered 
a Third Country. The company has, however, pursued registration of certain key products in Switzerland under their new laws. 
Similar activities have been pursued in the United Kingdom in relation to Brexit. 

Oversight of the medical device industry might affect the way we sell medical devices and compete in the marketplace.

The FDA, the U.S. Office of the Inspector General for the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, the U.S. Department of 
Justice and other regulatory agencies actively enforce regulations prohibiting the promotion of a medical device for a use that has 
not been cleared or approved by the FDA. Use of a device outside its cleared or approved indications is known as “off-label” use. 
Physicians may prescribe our products for off-label uses, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s choice of treatment 
within the practice of medicine. However, if a regulatory agency determines that our promotional materials, training or activities 
constitute improper promotion of an off-label use, the regulatory agency could request that we modify our promotional materials, 
training or activities, or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, including the issuance of a warning letter, injunction, seizure, 
civil fine and/or criminal penalties. Although our policy is to refrain from statements and activities that could be considered off-label 
promotion of our products, any regulatory agency could disagree and conclude that we have engaged in off-label promotion and, 
potentially, caused the submission of false claims. Moreover, the off-label use of our products may increase the risk of injury to 
patients, and, in turn, the risk of product liability claims. In addition, we may be subject to compliance actions, penalties, or 
injunctions if the FDA challenges one or more of our determinations that a product modification did not require new approval or 
clearance by the FDA. 

An FDA panel recommended that bone growth stimulator devices be reclassified by the FDA from Class III to Class II devices, which 
could increase future competition for us in this product category and negatively affect our future sales of such products.

We have the market-leading bone growth stimulation platform with the only cervical spine indication granted by the FDA, and the 
only mobile device app accessory designed to help patients adhere to their prescriptions and improve their clinical outcomes, STIM 
onTrack 2.1. We also are investing in IDE studies to expand indications for use in areas such as rotator cuff tears. Our bone growth 
therapy products currently are designated as Class III devices. Class III devices are subject to the FDA’s most rigorous pathway to 
approval for medical devices in the U.S. The FDA may change classification of a device only if the proposed new class has sufficient 
regulatory controls to provide reasonable assurances of safety and effectiveness.

In September 2020, the FDA’s Orthopedic and Rehabilitation Devices Panel recommended that bone growth stimulator devices be 
reclassified from Class III to Class II devices with “special controls” to ensure patient safety and therapy efficacy. These proposed 
special controls include the condition that such devices be subject to rigorous clinical studies and post market surveillance for any 
new products. This would be in addition to other special controls and the Class II general requirement that any new products show 
“substantial equivalence” to already-cleared or approved devices.

We believe that the panel’s recommendation correctly recognizes the importance of PMA-like clinical data for these devices, so that 
manufacturers will continue to be required to submit robust clinical data under the approval or clearance process to ensure the 
safety and efficacy of these devices for patients. We, along with other bone growth stimulation manufacturers, submitted comments 
in response to the FDA’s proposed rulemaking to underscore the panel’s recommendation of the need for robust clinical data prior 
to approval or clearance of bone growth stimulator products, together with post market surveillance requirements.

In the long-term, the recommended reclassification could enhance the ability of competitors to enter the market if they are able to 
create technologies with comparable efficacy to our devices, which could result in our products facing additional competition, 
thereby negatively affecting our future sales of these products.

We continue to be affected by U.S. healthcare reform initiatives.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (or collectively the 
“ACA”), has caused a number of substantial changes to occur in recent years in the way healthcare is financed by both governmental 

34

and private insurers. The ACA is far-reaching and is intended to expand access to health insurance coverage, improve quality, and 
reduce costs over time. Among other things, the ACA:

￿ Established a Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee and identify priorities in comparative clinical 

effectiveness research in an effort to coordinate and develop such research; and 

￿ Implemented payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals, 

physicians, and other providers to improve the coordination, quality, and efficiency of certain healthcare services through 
bundled payment models.

U.S. government agencies continue efforts to modify provisions of the ACA. For example, CMS began permitting states to impose 
work requirements on persons covered by Medicaid expansion plans, certain federal subsidies to insurers have ended, and certain 
short-term insurance plans not offering the full array of ACA benefits have been allowed to extend in duration. Some of these 
changes are being challenged in U.S. courts and so their long-term impact remains uncertain. This changing federal landscape has 
both positive and negative impacts on the U.S. healthcare industry, with much remaining uncertain as to how various provisions of 
federal law, and potential modification or repeal of these laws, will ultimately affect the industry. Persisting uncertainty with respect 
to the scope and effect of certain provisions of the ACA have made compliance costly. Any future changes to the ACA or other such 
legislation, depending on their nature, could affect rebates, prices, or the rate of price increases for health care products and 
services, or required reporting and disclosure, and could have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain or increase sales of any of 
our products and achieve profitability. We cannot predict the timing or impact of any future rulemaking or changes in the law. 
However, any changes that have the effect of reducing reimbursements for our products or reducing medical procedure volumes 
could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to differing customs and import/export rules in several jurisdictions in which we operate. 

We import and export our products to and from a number of different countries around the world. Foreign governmental 
regulations have become increasingly stringent and more common, and we may become subject to even more rigorous regulation 
by foreign governmental authorities. Numerous laws restrict, and in some cases prohibit, U.S. companies from directly or indirectly 
selling goods, technology or services to people or entities in certain countries. In addition, these laws require that we exercise care 
in structuring our sales and marketing practices and effecting product registrations in foreign countries. Compliance with these 
regulations is costly.

The import and export of our products involve subsidiaries and third parties operating in jurisdictions with different customs and 
import/export rules and regulations. Customs authorities in such jurisdictions may challenge our treatment of customs and 
import/export rules relating to product shipments under aspects of their respective customs laws and treaties. If we are 
unsuccessful in defending our treatment of customs and import/export classifications, we may be subject to additional customs 
duties, fines, or penalties that could adversely affect our profitability.

In addition, changes in U.S. or foreign policies regarding international trade could also negatively impact our business. The 
enactment of or increases in tariffs, or other such charges, on specific products that we sell or with which our products compete, 
may have an adverse effect on our business or on our results of operations. 

The sales and marketing practices of our industry have been the subject of increased scrutiny from federal and state government 
agencies.

AdvaMed (U.S.), EucoMed (Europe), MEDEC (Canada) and MTAA (Australia), some of the principal trade associations for the medical 
device industry, have promulgated model codes of ethics that set forth standards by which its members should (and non-member 
companies may) abide in the promotion of their products in various regions. We have implemented policies and procedures for 
compliance consistent with those promulgated by these associations, and we train our sales and marketing personnel on our policies 
regarding sales and marketing practices. Nevertheless, the sales and marketing practices of our industry have been the subject of 
increased scrutiny from federal and state government agencies, we believe this trend will continue and that it could affect our ability 
to retain customers and other relationships important to our business.

For example, prosecutorial scrutiny and governmental oversight, at both the state and federal levels, over some major device 
companies regarding the retention of healthcare professionals have limited how medical device companies may retain healthcare 
professionals as consultants. Various hospital organizations, medical societies and trade associations are establishing their own 
practices that may require detailed disclosures of relationships between healthcare professionals and medical device companies or 
ban or restrict certain marketing and sales practices, such as gifts and business meals. In addition, the ACA, as well as certain state 
laws, require detailed disclosure of certain financial relationships, gifts and other remuneration made to certain healthcare 
professionals and teaching hospitals, the publicity surrounding which could have a negative impact on our relationships with our 

35

customers and ability to seek input on product design or involvement in research. As a result of laws, rules and regulations or our 
own or third-party policies that prohibit or restrict interactions, or the growing perception that any interaction between healthcare 
professionals and industry are tainted, we may be unable to engage with our healthcare professional customers in the same manner 
or to the same degree, or at all, as would otherwise be the case, which may adversely affect our ability to understand our customer’s 
needs and to incorporate into our development programs feedback that addresses these needs. If we are unable to develop and 
commercialize new products that address the needs of our physician customers and their patients, our products may not be broadly 
accepted in the marketplace, or at all, which would have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and financial 
condition.

We are subject to requirements relating to hazardous materials which may impose significant compliance or other costs on us.

Our research, development and manufacturing processes involve the controlled use of certain hazardous materials. For example, 
our allograft bone tissue processing may generate waste materials that in the U.S. are classified as medical waste. In addition, we 
lease facilities at which hazardous materials could have been used. Because of the foregoing, we are subject to federal, state, foreign 
and local laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling, treatment, remediation and disposal of hazardous 
materials and certain waste products. 

Although we believe that our procedures for handling and disposing of hazardous materials comply with applicable laws as currently 
in effect, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In addition, under some 
environmental laws and regulations, we could also be held responsible for all of the costs relating to any contamination at our past 
or present facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites, even if such contamination was not caused by us. If an accident occurs, 
state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of these materials and interrupt our business operations. In 
addition, if an accident or environmental discharge occurs, or if we discover contamination caused by prior operations, including by 
prior owners and operators of properties we acquire, we could be liable for cleanup obligations, damages and fines any related 
liability could exceed our resources. If such unexpected costs are substantial, this could significantly harm our financial condition and 
results of operations. We carry no insurance specifically covering environmental claims relating to the use of hazardous materials.

Risks Related to our Business and Industry

The COVID-19 pandemic has materially adversely affected, and could continue to materially adversely affect, our operations, supply 
chain, manufacturing, product demand, product distribution, customers and other business activities.

The novel coronavirus discovered in late 2019, and the disease it causes, known as COVID-19, has led to significant disruptions in the 
healthcare market and the United States and international economies that may continue for a prolonged duration. The rapid spread 
of the coronavirus in 2020 and variants of the virus in 2021, the persistence of the resulting pandemic, the measures governments 
and private parties have implemented in order to stem the spread of this pandemic, and the general concern about the virus, have 
had, and could continue to have, a negative effect on the demand for many of our products compared to historical levels, and 
consequently upon our business. In particular, many of our products are particularly sensitive to reductions in elective medical 
procedures. Elective medical procedures were suspended or reduced at various times in 2020, 2021, and portions of 2022, in many 
of the markets where our products are marketed and sold, which negatively affected our business, cash flows, financial condition 
and results of operations.  

Deferrals of elective surgeries could result in delayed product launches if it takes longer than anticipated to collect feedback 
following an alpha launch. Further, facilities at which our products typically are used may not reopen or, even if they reopen, 
patients may elect to have procedures performed at facilities that are, or are perceived to be, lower-risk, such as ambulatory surgery 
centers, and our products may not be approved at such facilities, and we may be unable to have our products approved for use at 
such facilities on a timely basis, or at all.

The future trajectory of the COVID-19 pandemic remains uncertain, both in the U.S. and in other markets, particularly due to the 
uncertainty as to the nature of future variants, and whether vaccines will protect against severe illness with respect to such future 
variants. 

Given these various uncertainties, it is unclear the extent to which lingering slowdowns in elective procedures will continue to affect 
our business in 2023 and beyond. We expect that the effects of COVID-19 on our business will depend on various factors including (i) 
the magnitude, length and virulence of additional case waves and future variants, (ii) the continued distribution, efficacy, 
refinement, and public acceptance of COVID-19 vaccines, (iii) the comfort level of patients in visiting clinics and hospitals, and (iv) 
the extent to which further elective surgery slowdowns occur during periods when hospital capacity is stretched because of the 
need to treat COVID-19 patients.

36

In addition to its effect on elective surgeries, the pandemic could also negatively affect our ability, and the ability of our third-party 
suppliers, manufacturers, distributors, and customers, to retain key employees and ensure the continued service and availability of 
skilled personnel necessary to run our, and their, complex operations. To the extent our management or other personnel, or the 
management or other personnel of our third-party suppliers, manufacturers, distributors, and customers, are negatively affected by 
the pandemic and are not available to perform their job duties, we could experience delays in, or the suspension of, our 
manufacturing operations, sales activities, research and product development activities, regulatory work streams, clinical 
development programs and other important commercial and corporate functions. Moreover, our relationships with our employees 
may be disrupted due to measures implemented in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We have observed an overall tightening 
and increasingly competitive labor market due to labor shortages caused in part by the COVID-19 pandemic and responsive 
measures, which has included increased wages offered by other employers and voluntary attrition of employees in the industry, 
including at third-party suppliers, manufacturers, distributors and customers.

All of these factors, collectively, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic and related supply chain and raw material disruptions, and the ongoing conflict between Russia and 
Ukraine, and the global response to it, could have a continuing material impact on our global operations and the operations of our 
supply chain, which could adversely impact our business results and financial condition.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers to manufacture or supply certain products or components. In the event of interruption 
within our supply chain, or global shortages of key supplies or components, we may not be able to increase capacity from other 
sources or develop alternative or secondary sources without incurring significant additional costs and/or substantial delays. For 
example, the COVID-19 pandemic has led to a global shortage of semiconductor chips, which are used in certain of our products. 
This shortage appears primarily to have been caused by manufacturers experiencing shutdowns or slowdowns during the pandemic, 
and it may take several fiscal quarters or longer for normalized capacity to return. In addition, limitations in key raw material 
supplies could also cause semiconductor chip and other component shortages to continue. To the extent it continues, or more 
shortages are experienced, particularly on a longer term basis, this could adversely affect our ability to procure such components 
and manufacture certain of our products or it could require us to redesign any affected products in order to incorporate more 
readily available components, which may require additional regulatory testing and approvals. Thus, our business could be adversely 
affected in a significant manner if one or more of our suppliers are impacted by any interruption at a particular location or in relation 
to a particular material or component.

The ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine has resulted in the implementation of sanctions by the United States and other 
governments against Russia and has caused significant volatility and disruptions to the global markets. It is not possible to predict 
the short- or long-term implications of this conflict, which could include but are not limited to further sanctions, uncertainty about 
economic and political stability, increases in inflation rate and energy prices, supply chain challenges and adverse effects on currency 
exchange rates and financial markets. In addition, the United States government reported that United States sanctions against 
Russia in response to the conflict could lead to an increased threat of cyberattacks against United States companies. These increased 
threats could pose risks to the security of our information technology systems and networks, as well as the confidentiality, 
availability and integrity of our data. A significant escalation or further expansion of the conflict's current scope or related 
disruptions to the global markets could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our business may be adversely affected if consolidation in the healthcare industry leads to demand for price concessions or if a group 
purchasing organization (“GPO”) or similar entity excludes us from being a supplier. 

Because healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade, numerous initiatives and reforms have been launched by 
legislators, regulators, and third-party payors to curb these costs. As a result, there has been a trend toward healthcare cost 
containment through aggregating purchasing decisions and industry consolidation, along with the growth of managed care 
organizations, all of which has placed increased emphasis on the delivery of more cost-effective medical therapies. For example:

•

There has been consolidation among healthcare facilities and purchasers of medical devices, particularly in the U.S. One 
of the results of such consolidation is that GPOs, integrated delivery networks and large single accounts use their market 
power to consolidate purchasing decisions, which intensifies competition to provide products and services to healthcare 
providers and other industry participants, resulting in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers 
from important market segments. For example, some GPOs negotiate pricing for its member hospitals and require us to 
discount, or limit our ability to increase, prices for certain of our products. In particular, certain of our demineralized 
bone matrix (“DBM”) products are priced at a premium to competitors' DBM products and a significant price reduction 
could result in a material adverse effect on our profitability.

37

•

•

•

Physicians increasingly have moved from independent, out-patient practice settings toward employment by hospitals 
and other larger healthcare organizations, which align physicians’ product choices with their employers’ price 
sensitivities and adds to pricing pressures. Hospitals have introduced and may continue to introduce new pricing 
structures into their contracts to contain healthcare costs, including fixed price formulas and capitated and construct 
pricing.

Certain hospitals provide financial incentives to doctors for reducing hospital costs (known as gainsharing), rewarding 
physician efficiency (known as physician profiling) and encouraging partnerships with healthcare service and goods 
providers to reduce prices. 

Existing and proposed laws, regulations, and industry policies, in both domestic and international markets, regulate or 
seek to increase regulation of sales and marketing practices and the pricing and profitability of companies in the 
healthcare industry.

As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide products and services to industry participants has become and may 
continue to become more intense. This has resulted and may continue to result in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of 
certain suppliers from important markets as GPOs, independent delivery networks, and large single accounts continue to use their 
market power to consolidate purchasing decisions and as larger manufacturers use their broad offerings to secure exclusive 
arrangements. If a GPO were to exclude us from their supplier list, our net sales could be adversely impacted. We expect that market 
demand, government regulation, third-party reimbursement policies, and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide 
healthcare industry, which may exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products. 

In addition, the largest device companies with multiple product franchises have increased their effort to leverage and contract 
broadly with customers across franchises by providing volume discounts and multi-year arrangements that could prevent our access 
to these customers or make it difficult (or impossible) to compete on price.

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive. New developments by others could make our products or technologies non-
competitive or obsolete. 

The medical devices industry is highly competitive. We compete with a large number of companies, many of which have significantly 
greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, distribution, and technical resources than we do. Many of our competitors may be able 
to develop products and processes competitive with, or superior to, our own. Our competitors may also have: stronger intellectual 
property portfolios; broader spine surgery product offerings and products supported by more extensive clinical data; more 
established distribution networks; entrenched relationships with physicians; significantly greater name recognition and more 
recognizable trademarks for products similar to the products we sell; more established relationships with healthcare providers and 
payors; greater experience in obtaining and maintaining FDA and other regulatory clearances or approvals for products and product 
enhancement; and greater experience in launching, marketing and selling products than we do. Many of our competitors specialize 
in a specific product or focus on a particular market segment, making it more difficult for us to increase our overall market position. 
The frequent introduction by competitors of products that are, or claim to be, superior to our products, or that are alternatives to 
our existing or planned products may also create market confusion that may make it difficult to differentiate the benefits of our 
products over competing products. In addition, the entry of multiple new products and competitors may lead some of our 
competitors to employ pricing strategies that could adversely affect the pricing of our products and pricing in the spine market 
generally.

Furthermore, we may not be able to successfully develop or introduce new products that are less costly or offer better performance 
than those of our competitors, or offer purchasers of our products payment and other commercial terms as favorable as those 
offered by our competitors. For more information regarding our competitors, see Item 1, “Business,” under the subheading 
“Competition.” 

In addition, the spine and orthopedic medical device industry in which we compete is undergoing, and is characterized by, rapid and 
significant technological change. We expect competition to intensify as technological advances are made. New technologies and 
products developed by other companies are regularly introduced into the market, which may render our products or technologies 
non-competitive or obsolete. 

Our ability to market products successfully depends, in part, upon the acceptance of the products not only by consumers, but also by 
independent third parties. 

Our ability to market our products successfully depends, in part, on the acceptance of the products by independent third parties 
(including hospitals, physicians, other healthcare providers, and third-party payors) as well as patients. Market acceptance for any of 
our products requires, among other things, that we timely secure regulatory clearance and/or approval; demonstrate the value of 

38

our products, both to our physician customers and payors, which may require that we collect clinical data and/or conduct clinical 
studies; effectively educate and train our physician customers and their staff on the proper use of our products; obtain and maintain 
coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products, both within and outside the U.S., including under Medicare and Medicaid 
and from private payors; attract and retain a network of independent sales agents and stocking distributors focused on 
neurophysicians and orthopedic spine physicians; develop and execute an effective marketing strategy; protect the proprietary 
positions of our products, including through patent protection; and consistently produce quality products in sufficient quantities to 
meet demand. Significant risks are associated with each of these activities and other activities required to achieve market 
acceptance of both our current and future products, including risks inherent in collaborations, or use of nascent manufacturing or 
imaging techniques, such as additive processing (more commonly known as 3D printing) or advanced optical technologies and 
machine version-based registration algorithms. Unanticipated side effects or unfavorable publicity concerning any of our products 
could have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain hospital approvals or achieve acceptance by prescribing physicians, managed 
care providers and other retailers, customers, and patients. 

Clinical studies are expensive and subject to extensive regulation and their results may not support our product candidate claims or 
may result in the discovery of adverse effects. 

In developing new products or new indications for, or modifications to, existing products, we may conduct or sponsor pre-clinical 
testing, clinical studies or other clinical research. We are conducting post-market clinical studies of some of our products to gather 
information about their performance or optimal use. The data collected from these clinical studies may ultimately be used to 
support additional market clearance or approval for these products or future products. If any of our new products require premarket 
clinical studies, these studies are expensive, the outcomes are inherently uncertain and they are subject to extensive regulation and 
review by numerous governmental authorities both in the U.S. and abroad, including by the FDA and, if federal funds are involved or 
if an investigator or site has signed a federal assurance, are subject to further regulation by the Office for Human Research 
Protections and the National Institutes of Health. For example, clinical studies must be conducted in compliance with FDA 
regulations, local regulations, and according to principles and standards collectively called “Good Clinical Practices.” Failure to 
comply with applicable regulations could result in regulatory and legal enforcement action, including fines, penalties, suspension of 
studies, and also could invalidate the data and make it unusable to support an FDA submission. 

Even if any of our future premarket clinical studies are completed as planned, we cannot be certain that their results will support our 
product candidates and/or proposed claims or that the FDA or foreign authorities and Notified Bodies will agree with our 
interpretation and conclusions regarding the data they generate. Success in pre-clinical studies and early clinical studies does not 
ensure that later clinical studies will succeed, and we cannot be sure that the results of later studies will replicate those of earlier or 
prior studies. The clinical study process may fail to demonstrate that our product candidates are safe and effective for the proposed 
indicated uses, which could cause us to abandon a product candidate and may delay development of others. Any delay or 
termination of our clinical studies will delay the filing of our product submissions and, ultimately, our ability to commercialize our 
product candidates and generate revenues. It is also possible that patient subjects enrolled in our clinical studies of our marketed 
products will experience adverse side effects that are not currently part of the product candidate’s profile and, if so, these findings 
may result in lower market acceptance, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and 
financial condition.

Further, the COVID-19 pandemic could limit or restrict our ability or the ability of others on which we rely to initiate, conduct, or 
continue our clinical studies of some of our products. Delays and disruption in such studies could result in delays for expanded FDA 
and other regulatory clearance or approval of our products.

If the third parties on which we rely to conduct our clinical studies and to assist us with pre-clinical development do not perform as 
contractually required or expected, we may not obtain regulatory clearance, approval or a CE Certificate of Conformity for or 
commercialize our products. 

We often must rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, medical institutions, clinical investigators, and contract 
laboratories, to assist in conducting our clinical studies and other development activities. If these third parties do not successfully 
carry out their contractual duties, comply with applicable regulatory obligations or meet expected deadlines, or if these third parties 
need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to failing to adhere to clinical 
protocols, to applicable regulatory requirements or otherwise, our pre-clinical development activities and clinical studies may be 
extended, delayed, suspended or terminated. Under these circumstances, we may not be able to obtain regulatory 
clearance/approval or a CE Certificate of Conformity for, or successfully commercialize, our products on a timely basis, if at all, and 
our business, operating results and prospects may be materially and adversely affected. 

39

Our allograft and cellular bone allografts could expose us to certain risks that could disrupt our business. 

Our Biologics business markets allograft tissues that are derived from human cadaveric donors, and our ability to market the tissues 
depends on our supplier continuing to have access to donated human cadaveric tissue, as well as the maintenance of high standards 
by the supplier in its processing methodology. The supply of such donors is inherently unpredictable and can fluctuate over time. 
The allograft tissues are regulated under the FDA’s HCT/P regulatory paradigm and not as a medical device, biologic, or drug. There 
can be no assurance that the FDA will not at some future date re-classify the allograft tissues, and the reclassification of this product 
from a human tissue to a medical device could have adverse consequences for us or for the supplier of this product and make it 
more difficult or expensive for us to conduct this business by requiring premarket clearance or approval, as well as compliance with 
additional post-market regulatory requirements.

In addition, procurement of certain human organs and tissue for transplantation is subject to the National Organ Transplant Act (the 
“NOTA”), which prohibits the transfer of certain human organs, including skin and related tissue, for valuable consideration, but 
permits the reasonable payment associated with the removal, transportation, implantation, processing, preservation, quality control 
and storage of human tissue and skin. If we were to be found to have violated NOTA’s prohibition on the sale or transfer of human 
tissue for valuable consideration, we would potentially be subject to criminal enforcement sanctions, which could materially and 
adversely affect our results of operations.

Because of the absence of a harmonized regulatory framework and the proposed regulation for advanced therapy medicinal 
products in the E.U., as well as for other countries, the approval process in the E.U. for human-derived cell or tissue-based medical 
products could be extensive, lengthy, expensive and unpredictable. Among others, some of our Biologics products are subject to E.U. 
member states’ regulations that govern the donation, procurement, testing, coding, traceability, processing, preservation, storage 
and distribution of HCT/Ps. These E.U. member states’ regulations include requirements for registration, listing, labeling, adverse-
event reporting and inspection and enforcement. Some E.U. member states have their own tissue banking regulations, including 
new requirements related to COVID-19 and donor screening. Non-compliance with various regulations governing our products in any 
E.U. member state could result in the banning of our products in such member state or enforcement actions being brought against 
us, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Unfavorable media reports or other negative publicity concerning both alleged improper methods of tissue recovery from donors and 
disease transmission from donated tissue could limit widespread acceptance of some of our products. 

Unfavorable reports of improper or illegal tissue recovery practices, both in the U.S. and internationally, as well as incidents of 
improperly processed tissue leading to the transmission of disease, may affect the rate of future tissue donation and market 
acceptance of technologies incorporating human tissue. In addition, negative publicity could cause the families of potential donors 
to become reluctant to donate tissue to for-profit tissue processors. For example, the media has reported examples of alleged illegal 
harvesting of body parts from cadavers and resulting recalls conducted by certain companies selling human tissue-based products 
affected by the alleged illegal harvesting. These reports and others could have a negative effect on our tissue regeneration business. 

Certain of our products contain materials derived from animal sources and may become subject to additional regulation.

Certain of our products contain material derived from bovine tissue. Products that contain materials derived from animal sources, 
including food, pharmaceuticals and medical devices, are subject to scrutiny in the media and by regulatory authorities. Regulatory 
authorities are concerned about the potential for the transmission of disease from animals to humans via those materials. In past 
years, public scrutiny was particularly acute in Western Europe with respect to products derived from animal sources, largely due to 
concern that materials infected with the agent that causes BSE otherwise known as mad cow disease, may, if ingested or implanted, 
cause a variant of the human Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, an ultimately fatal disease with no known cure. Cases of BSE in cattle 
discovered in Canada and the U.S. increased awareness in North America.

Products that contain materials derived from animals, including our products, could become subject to additional regulation, or even 
be banned in certain countries, because of concern over the potential for the transmission of infectious or other agents. Significant 
new regulation, or a ban of our products, could have a material and adverse effect on our business or our ability to expand our 
business.

Certain countries, such as Japan, China, Taiwan, and Argentina, have issued regulations that require our collagen products be 
processed from bovine tendon sourced from countries where no cases of BSE have occurred. The collagen raw material we use in 
our products is sourced from New Zealand. Our supplier has obtained approval from certain countries, including the U.S., the E.U., 
Japan, Taiwan, China, and Argentina, for the use of such collagen raw material in products sold in those countries. If we cannot 
continue to obtain collagen raw material from a qualified source of tendon from a country that has never had a case of BSE, we will 

40

not be permitted to sell our collagen products in certain countries, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, 
results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to successfully introduce new products to the market and market opportunities that we expect to develop for our 
products may not be as large as we expect.

To be and remain competitive, we need to continue to make improvements in our products, develop new products, introduce our 
products into new markets, and successfully respond to technological advances. Doing so is technologically challenging and involves 
significant risks and uncertainty. Despite our planning, the process of developing and introducing new products (including product 
enhancements) is inherently complex and uncertain, and involves risks. The success of any of our new product offerings or 
enhancement or modification to our existing products will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

properly identify and anticipate physician and patient needs;

develop new products or enhancements or modifications in a timely manner;

obtain regulatory clearance and/or approvals for new products or product enhancements or modifications in a timely 
manner;

achieve timely alpha and/or full commercial launches of new products;

provide adequate training to potential users of new products and product enhancements or modifications;

receive adequate reimbursement approval of third-party payors such as Medicaid, Medicare and private insurers; 

gain broad market acceptance (including by physicians); 

and 
develop an effective marketing and distribution network.

In addition, competitors could develop products that are more effective, are less expensive to manufacture, are priced more 
competitively or are ready for commercial introduction before our products. The introduction of new products by our competitors 
may lead us to reduce the prices of our products, may lead to reduced margins or loss of market share, and may render our products 
obsolete or noncompetitive. 

These risks make it inherently difficult to forecast and predict the future net sales of our products. If we cannot develop technically 
and commercially viable new products and enhancements or modifications to our existing products on a consistent basis and before 
our competitors, our prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, if the market opportunities that we expect to 
develop for our products, including new products, are not as large as we expect, it could adversely affect our ability to grow our 
business.

It is also important that we carefully manage our introduction of new products and enhancements or modifications to our existing 
products. If potential customers delay purchases until new or enhanced or modified products are available, it could negatively 
impact our sales.  In addition, to the extent we have excess or obsolete inventory as we transition to new or enhanced or modified 
products, it would result in margin reducing write-offs for obsolete inventory, and our results of operations may suffer.

There is no guarantee that the FDA will grant 510(k) clearance or premarket approval, or that equivalent foreign regulatory 
authorities will grant the foreign equivalent, of our future products, and failure to obtain necessary clearances or approvals for our 
future products would adversely affect our ability to grow our business. 

In general, unless an exemption applies, a medical device and modifications to the device or its indications must receive either 
premarket approval or premarket clearance from the FDA before it can be marketed in the U.S. While in the past we have received 
such clearances, we may not succeed in the future in receiving approvals and clearances in a timely manner, or at all. The process of 
obtaining approval or clearance from the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory agencies for new products, or for enhancements or 
modifications to existing products, could: 

•

•

take significant time;

require the expenditure of substantial resources;

41

•

•

•

involve rigorous and expensive pre-clinical and clinical testing, as well as post-market surveillance;

involve modifications, repairs, or replacements of our products; and

result in limitations on the indicated uses of our products.

Some of our new products will require FDA 510(k) clearance or approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA, prior to being 
marketed. Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, including significant 
design and manufacturing changes, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a 
new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, approval of a PMA. Similarly, modifications to PMA-approved products may require submission 
and approval of a PMA supplement. The FDA requires every manufacturer to determine whether a new 510(k) or PMA is needed in 
the first instance, and the FDA has issued guidance on assessing modifications to 510(k)-cleared and PMA-approved devices to assist 
manufacturers with making these determinations. However, the FDA may review any such determination and the FDA may not 
agree with our determinations regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. We have modified some of our 510(k)-
cleared products and have determined, based on our understanding of FDA guidance, that certain changes did not require new 
510(k) clearances. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to seek new 510(k) clearances, or PMA approval, for 
modifications to our cleared products, we may have to stop marketing or distributing our products, we may need to recall the 
modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. 
Significant delays in receiving clearance or approval, or failing to receive clearance or approval for our new products would have a 
material and adverse effect on our ability to expand our business.

Outside the U.S., clearance or approval procedures can vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and 
validation and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain clearance or approval in other countries might 
differ from that required to obtain FDA clearance or approval. The regulatory process in other countries may include all of the risks 
to which we are exposed in the U.S., as well as other risks. Favorable regulatory action in one country does not ensure favorable 
regulatory action in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory clearance or approval in one country may have a negative 
effect on the regulatory process in others. Failure to obtain clearance or approval in other countries or any delay or setback in 
obtaining such clearance or approval have a material and adverse effect on our business, including that our products may not be 
cleared or approved for all indications requested, which could limit the uses of our products and have an adverse effect on product 
sales. 

In the European Economic Area (“EEA”), we must inform the Notified Body that carried out the conformity assessment of the 
medical devices we market or sell in the EEA of any planned substantial change to our quality system or any significant change to our 
devices. The Notified Body will then assess the change and verify whether it affects the products’ conformity with the Essential 
Requirements or the conditions for the use of the device. If the assessment is favorable, the Notified Body may issue a new CE 
Certificate of Conformity or an addendum to the existing CE Certificate of Conformity. If it is not, we may not be able to continue to 
market and sell the applicable product in the EEA, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of 
operations and financial condition. 

We cannot be certain that we will receive required approval or clearance from the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies for new 
products, including modifications to existing products, on a timely basis, or at all. Failing to receive approval or clearance for new 
products on a timely basis would have a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Growing our business requires that we properly educate and train physicians regarding the distinctive characteristics, benefits, 
safety, clinical efficacy, and cost-effectiveness of our products.

Acceptance of our products depends in part on our ability to (i) educate the medical community as to the distinctive characteristics, 
benefits, safety, clinical efficacy, and cost-effectiveness of our products compared to alternative products, procedures, and 
therapies, and (ii) train physicians in the proper use and implementation of our products. This is particularly true in instances of 
newly launched products or in the introduction of a product into a new market, such as our launch of the M6-C artificial cervical disc 
within the U.S. We support our sales force and distributors through specialized training workshops in which physicians and sales 
specialists participate. We also produce marketing materials, including materials outlining surgical procedures, for our sales force 
and distributors in a variety of languages using printed, video, and multimedia formats. To provide additional advanced training for 
physicians, consistent with the AdvaMed Code and the MedTech Code, we organize regular multilingual teaching seminars in 
multiple locations. However, convincing physicians to dedicate the time and energy necessary for adequate training is challenging, 
and we may not be successful in our efforts to educate the medical community and properly train physicians. Physicians who do not 
use our products may be hesitant to do so for the following or other reasons:

42

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

lack of experience with our products, techniques, or technologies, or with the equipment necessary to use any of the 
foregoing;

existing relationships with those who sell competitive products;

the time required for physician and medical staff education and training on new products, techniques and equipment 
and technologies;

lack or perceived lack of clinical evidence supporting patient benefit relative to competing products;

our products not being included on hospital formularies, in integrated delivery networks or on group purchasing 
organization preferred vendor lists;

less attractive coverage and/or reimbursement within healthcare payment systems for our products and procedures 
compared to other products and procedures;

other costs associated with introducing new products and the equipment necessary to use new products; and 

perceived risk of liability that could be associated with the use of new products, techniques, or technologies.

If physicians are not properly trained, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products, which may result in unsatisfactory patient 
outcomes, patient injury, negative publicity, or lawsuits against us. In addition, a failure to educate the medical community regarding 
our products may impair our ability to achieve market acceptance of our products.

In addition, we believe recommendations and support of our products by influential physicians are essential for market acceptance 
and adoption. If we do not receive support from such physicians or long-term data does not show the benefits of using our products, 
physicians may not use our products. If we are not successful in convincing physicians of the merits of our products, we may not 
maintain or grow our sales or achieve or sustain profitability.

Relatedly, although we believe our training methods for physicians are conducted in compliance with FDA and other applicable 
regulations developed both nationally and in third countries, if the FDA or other regulatory agency determines that our training 
constitutes promotion of an unapproved use or promotion of an intended purpose not covered by the CE mark affixed to our 
products or FDA approved labeling, they could request that we modify our training or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, 
including the issuance of a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalty.

Sales of, or the price at which we sell, our products may be adversely affected unless the safety and efficacy of our products, alone 
and relative to competitive products, is demonstrated in clinical studies.

Generally, we have obtained 510(k) clearance to manufacture, market and sell the products we market in the U.S. and the right to 
affix the CE mark to the products we market in the EEA. To date, we have not been required to generate new clinical data to support 
our 510(k) clearances, CE marks, or product registrations in other countries. However, the EU Medical Device Regulations, which 
replaced the prior medical device directives in May 2021, require submission of certain pre- and post-market data to maintain our 
CE marks. Additionally, we recently completed an analysis of which of our product systems will require submission of clinical data 
pursuant to MEDDEV 2.7.1 rev 4, which sets forth the European Commission’s guidance on the clinical evaluation of medical devices. 
Accordingly, and in line with our vision to deliver clinical value, we have commenced clinical data collection activities for certain of 
our marketed products as more fully described elsewhere in this "Risk Factors" section. 

In part due to the increased emphasis on the delivery of more cost-effective treatments, purchasing decisions of our customers 
increasingly will be based on clinical data that demonstrates the value of our products or the effectiveness of our products relative 
to others. Conducting clinical studies is expensive and time-consuming and outcomes are uncertain. See “Clinical studies are 
expensive and subject to extensive regulation and their results may not support our product candidate claims or may result in the 
discovery of adverse effects,” above. We may elect not to, or may be unable to, fund the clinical studies necessary to generate the 
data required for all of our products to compete effectively, in part due to the breadth of our product portfolio. Currently, we do not 
expect to undertake such clinical studies for all of our products and only expect to do so where we anticipate the benefits will 
outweigh the costs on a risk-adjusted basis. However, even when we elect and are able to fund such clinical studies on one or more 
of our products, such studies may not succeed. Data we generate may not be consistent with our existing data and may demonstrate 
less favorable safety or efficacy, which could reduce demand for our products and negatively impact future sales. Neurophysicians 
and orthopedic spine physicians may be less likely to use our products if more robust, or any, clinical data supporting the safety and 
efficacy of competing products is available. If we are unable to or unwilling to generate clinical data supporting the safety and 
effectiveness of our products, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

43

Further, future patient studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment with our products does not improve patient 
outcomes. 

With the passage of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, funds have been appropriated for the U.S. Department 
of Health and Human Services’ Healthcare Research and Quality to conduct comparative effectiveness research to determine the 
effectiveness of different drugs, medical devices, and procedures in treating certain conditions and diseases. Some of our products 
or procedures performed with our products could become the subject of such research. It is unknown what effect, if any, this 
research may have on our business. Further, future research or experience may indicate that treatment with our products does not 
improve patient outcomes or improves patient outcomes less than we initially expected. Such results would reduce demand for our 
products, affect sustainable reimbursement from third-party payers, significantly reduce our ability to achieve expected revenue, 
and could cause us to withdraw our products from the market and could prevent us from sustaining or increasing profitability. 
Moreover, if future results and experience indicate that our products cause unexpected or serious complications or other 
unforeseen negative effects, we could be subject to significant legal liability, negative publicity, and damage to our reputation, and 
we could experience a dramatic reduction in sales of our products, all of which would have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, and results of operations. The spine medical device market has been particularly prone to potential 
product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, manufacture, and sale of medical devices and products for spine surgery 
procedures.

We may be adversely affected by any disruption in our information technology systems, which could adversely affect our cash flows, 
operating results, and financial condition.

Our operations are dependent upon our information technology systems, which encompass all of our major business functions. We 
rely upon such information technology systems to manage and replenish inventory, fill and ship customer orders on a timely basis, 
coordinate our sales activities across all of our products and services, and coordinate our administrative activities. A substantial 
disruption in our information technology systems for any prolonged time period (arising from, for example, system capacity limits 
from unexpected increases in our volume of business, outages, or delays in service) could result in delays in receiving inventory and 
supplies or filling customer orders and adversely affect our customer service and relationships. Our systems might be damaged or 
interrupted by natural or man-made events, or by computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions 
affecting the internet. There can be no assurance that such delays, problems, or costs will not have a material adverse effect on our 
cash flows, operating results, and financial condition.

As our operations grow in both size and scope, we will continuously need to improve and upgrade our information technology 
systems and infrastructure while maintaining the reliability and integrity of our information technology systems and infrastructure. 
An expansion of our information technology systems and infrastructure may require us to commit substantial financial, operational, 
and technical resources before the volume of our business increases, with no assurance that the volume of business will increase. 
Any such upgrades to our information technology systems and information technology, or new technology, now and in the future, 
require that our management and resources be diverted from our core business to assist in integrating such upgrades or new 
technology. There can be no assurance that the time and resources our management will need to devote to these upgrades, service 
outages, or delays due to the installation of any new or upgraded technology (and customer issues therewith), or the impact on the 
reliability of our data from any new or upgraded technology, will not have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, operating 
results, and financial condition.

A significant portion of our operations run on a single Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) platform. To manage our international 
operations efficiently and effectively, we rely heavily on our ERP system, internal electronic information and communications 
systems, and on systems or support services from third parties. Any of these systems are subject to electrical or telecommunications 
outages, computer hacking, or other general system failure. It is also possible that future acquisitions will operate on different ERP 
systems and that we could face difficulties in integrating operational and accounting functions of new acquisitions. Difficulties in 
upgrading or expanding our ERP system or system-wide or local failures that affect our information processing could adversely affect 
our cash flows, operating results, and financial condition.

We may be adversely affected by a failure or compromise from a cyber-attack, data breach or ransomware attack, which could have 
an adverse effect on our business.

We rely on information technology systems to perform our business operations, including processing, transmitting, and storing 
electronic information, and interacting with customers, suppliers, healthcare payors, and other third parties. Like other medical 
device companies, the size and complexity of our information technology systems make them vulnerable to a cyber-attack, malicious 
intrusion, breakdown, destruction, loss of data privacy, ransomware attack, or other significant disruption. Our information systems 

44

require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain, protect, and enhance existing systems and develop new 
systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving systems and regulatory standards, the 
increasing need to protect financial or personal information related to patients and customers, and changing customer patterns. 

For example, third parties may attempt to hack into our products to obtain data relating to patients, disrupt the performance of our 
products, or access our proprietary information. We could also be subject to a ransomware attack, which is a type of malicious 
software that infects a computer and restricts users' access to it until a ransom is paid to unlock it. Any failure by us to maintain or 
protect our information technology systems and data integrity, including from cyber-attacks, intrusions, or other breaches, could 
result in the unauthorized access to patient data and personally identifiable information, theft of intellectual property, or other 
misappropriation of assets, or otherwise compromise our confidential or proprietary information and disrupt our operations and 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

In the U.S., Federal and State privacy and security laws require certain of our operations to protect the confidentiality of personal 
information including patient medical records and other health information. In Europe, the Data Protection Directive requires us to 
manage individually identifiable information in the E.U. and, the GDPR may impose fines of up to four percent of our global revenue 
in the event of violations. Internationally, some countries have also passed laws that require individually identifiable data on their 
citizens to be maintained on local servers and that may restrict the transfer or processing of that data. We are also subject to the 
California Consumer Privacy Act (the “CCPA”), which went into effect in January 2020. In November 2020, California passed the 
California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”), which builds on the CCPA and expands consumer privacy rights to more closely align with 
the GDPR. The CPRA went into effect on January 1, 2023, and applies to information collected on or after January 1, 2022. The CCPA 
and CPRA, among other things, create new data privacy obligations for covered companies and provides new privacy rights to 
California residents, including the right to opt out of certain disclosures of their information. The CCPA also created a private right of 
action with statutory damages for certain data breaches, thereby potentially increasing risks associated with a data breach. It 
remains unclear what, if any, additional modifications will be made to the CPRA by the California legislature or how it will be 
interpreted. We believe that we meet the expectations of applicable regulations and that the ongoing costs of compliance with such 
rules are not material to our business but could become material due to new regulations. There is no guarantee that we will be able 
to comply with these regulations, or otherwise avoid the negative reputational and other effects that might ensue from a significant 
data breach or failure to comply with applicable data privacy regulations, each of which could have significant adverse effects on our 
business, financial condition, or results of operations.

In recent years, companies around the world have seen a surge in wire transfer “phishing” attacks that attempt to trick employees 
into wiring money from company bank accounts to criminals’ bank accounts. In some cases, companies have lost millions of dollars 
to such relatively simple attacks, and these funds often are not recovered. While we take efforts to train employees to be cognizant 
of these types of attacks and take appropriate precautions, the level of technological sophistication used by attackers has increased 
in recent years, and a successful attack against us could lead to the loss of significant funds. 

Although we possess insurance against the risk of cyber-attacks, there can be no assurance that the liability related to any such 
events will not exceed or insurance coverage limits or that such insurance will continue to be available on reasonable, commercially 
acceptable terms, or at all. If the costs of maintaining adequate insurance coverage should increase significantly in the future, our 
operating results could be materially adversely impacted.

The physical effects of climate change or legal, regulatory or market measures intended to address climate change could adversely 
affect our operations and operating results.

Shifts in weather patterns caused by climate change are expected over time to increase the frequency, severity, or duration of 
certain adverse weather conditions and natural disasters, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes, wildfires, droughts, extreme 
temperatures or flooding, each of which could cause more significant business and supply chain interruptions, damage to our 
products and facilities as well as the infrastructure of hospitals, medical care facilities and other customers, reduced workforce 
availability, and increased costs of raw materials and components. While we do not expect climate change to materially affect the 
demand for our products, or the amount of persons with medical conditions we treat, climate change could also contribute to 
collateral effects such as increased transmission of viruses or airborne illnesses, which could contribute to unpredictable events, 
such as putting stress on hospital and other medical facilities and/or supply chains, and thus disrupting the elective surgery market 
in which we do business. In addition, increased public concern over climate change could result in new legal or regulatory 
requirements designed to mitigate the effects of climate change, which could include the adoption of more stringent environmental 
laws and regulations or stricter enforcement of existing laws and regulations. Such developments could result in increased 
compliance costs and adverse impacts on raw material sourcing, manufacturing operations and the distribution of our products, 
which could adversely affect our operations and operating results.

45

If any of our manufacturing, development or research facilities are damaged and/or our manufacturing processes are interrupted, we 
could experience supply disruptions, lost revenues and our business could be seriously harmed.

Damage to our manufacturing, development or research facilities or disruption to our business operations for any reason, including 
due to natural disaster (such as earthquake, wildfires and other fires or extreme weather), power loss, communications failure, 
unauthorized entry or other events, such as a flu or other health epidemic (such as the result of the COVID-19 pandemic), could 
cause us to discontinue development and/or manufacturing of some or all of our products for an undetermined period of time. The 
property damage and business interruption insurance coverage on these facilities that we maintain might not cover all losses under 
such circumstances, and we may not be able to renew or obtain such insurance in the future on acceptable terms with adequate 
coverage or at reasonable costs. If our facilities were damaged, they could be difficult to replace and could require substantial lead 
time to repair or replace. In particular, we manufacture certain of our biologics products in one facility in Irvine, California and any 
damage to that facility could adversely affect our ability to timely satisfy demand for those products. Out of an abundance of 
caution, in October 2020, we relocated part of our Biologics finished goods inventory from our Irvine facility to our Carlsbad office 
due to the threat of the Silverado Fire that was causing evacuations throughout Orange County, California. Disruptions to our 
business operations may result from damage to the facilities of, or disruption to the business operations of,  our suppliers.  For 
example, if we are unable to obtain disposables or other materials required to maintain “clean room” sterility in our Irvine facility, 
we may be unable to continue to manufacture products at that facility, which products accounts for a significant amount of our total 
revenue. Any significant disruption to our manufacturing operations and to our ability to meet market demand likely would have an 
adverse impact on our sales and revenues as key stakeholders, including our independent sales agents and stocking distributors and 
physician customers, transition to what they perceive as more reliable sources of products.

We depend on third-party manufacturers for many of our products. 

We contract with third-party manufacturers to produce many of our products like many other companies in the medical device 
industry. If we or any such manufacturer fail to meet production and delivery schedules, it can have an adverse impact on our ability 
to sell such products. Further, whether we directly manufacture a product or utilize a third-party manufacturer, shortages and 
spoilage of materials, labor stoppages, product recalls, manufacturing defects, and other similar events can delay production and 
inhibit our ability to bring a new product to market in timely fashion. For example, the supply of the Trinity ELITE and Trinity 
Evolution allografts are derived from human cadaveric donors, and our ability to market the tissues depends on MTF continuing to 
have access to donated human cadaveric tissue and their continued maintenance of high standards in their processing methodology.

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for processing activities, components and raw materials and  losing any of 
these suppliers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials that meet our quality and other requirements, 
could harm our business.

Outside suppliers, some of whom are sole-source suppliers, provide us with products and raw materials and components used in 
manufacturing our biologics and spinal implant products. We strive to maintain sufficient inventory of products, raw materials and 
components so that our production will not be significantly disrupted if a particular product, raw material or component is not 
available to us for a period of time, including as a result of a supplier's loss of its ISO or other certification or as a result of any of the 
disruptions described below under the risk factor titled “If any of our manufacturing, development or research facilities are damaged 
and/or our manufacturing processes are interrupted, we could experience supply disruptions, lost revenues and our business could 
be seriously harmed.” For example, a certain number of our products require titanium, which is sourced from third party suppliers. 
While the titanium required for such products is not directly sourced from Russia, the current geopolitical events involving Russia 
and Ukraine is negatively impacting the wider titanium supply chain and such geopolitical events and factors relating thereto or 
resulting therefrom, including the imposition of sanctions, may negatively impact the ability of our local supply sources to timely 
supply titanium to us. In addition, some of our suppliers may choose to discontinue making their products available in the EU rather 
than follow MDR, which would require us to identify alternate supply sources for those products. Any such disruption in our 
production could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Although we believe there are alternative supply sources, replacing our suppliers may be impractical or difficult in many instances. 
For example, we could have difficulty obtaining similar services or products from other suppliers that are acceptable to the FDA or 
other foreign regulatory authorities and who are able to provide the appropriate supply volumes at an acceptable cost. In addition, if 
we are required to transition to new suppliers for certain services or components of our products, the use of services, components, 
or materials furnished by these alternative suppliers could require us to alter our operations, and if we are required to change the 
manufacturer of a critical component of our products, we will have to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities, 
procedures and operations that comply with our quality and applicable regulatory requirements, which could further impede our 
ability to manufacture our products in a timely manner. Transitioning to a new supplier could be time-consuming and expensive, 

46

may result in interruptions in our operations and product delivery, could affect the performance specifications of our products, or 
could require that we modify the design of those systems. 

If we are unable to obtain sufficient quantities of spinal implant products, raw materials or components that meet our quality and 
other requirements on a timely basis for any reason, we may not produce sufficient quantities of our products to meet market 
demand until a new or alternative supply source is identified and qualified and, as a result, we could lose customers, our reputation 
could be harmed and our business could suffer. Furthermore, an uncorrected defect or supplier’s variation in a component or raw 
material that is incompatible with our manufacturing, or unknown to us, could harm our ability to manufacture products.

Further, under the FDASIA, which includes the Medical Device User Fee Amendments of 2012, as well as other medical device 
provisions, all U.S. and foreign manufacturers must have a FDA Establishment Registration and complete Medical Device listings for 
sales in the U.S. While we believe that our facilities materially comply with these requirements, we also source products from 
foreign contract manufacturers. It is possible that some of our foreign contract manufacturers will not comply with applicable 
requirements and choose not to register with the FDA. In such an event, we will need to determine if there are alternative foreign 
contract manufacturers who comply with the applicable requirements. If such a foreign contract manufacturer is a sole supplier of 
one of our products, there is a risk that we may not be able to source another supplier. 

Furthermore, we rely on a small number of tissue banks accredited by the American Association of Tissue Banks for the supply of 
human tissue, a crucial component of our biologics products that serve as bone graft substitutes. Any failure to obtain tissue from 
these sources or to have the tissue processed by these sources for us in a timely manner will interfere with our ability to meet 
demand for our biologics products effectively. The processing of human tissue into biologics products is labor intensive and 
maintaining a steady supply stream is challenging. In addition, due to seasonal changes in mortality rates, some scarce tissues used 
for our biologics products are at times in particularly short supply. If governments require additional donor testing due to COVID-19, 
this could also strain the supply of tissue. We cannot be certain that our supply of human tissue from our suppliers will be available 
at current levels or will meet our needs or that we will be able to successfully negotiate commercially reasonable terms with other 
accredited tissue banks.

If we are unable to maintain and expand our network of independent sales representatives and distributors, we may not maintain or 
grow our revenue. 

We sell our products in many countries through independent sales representatives and distributors. Frequently, our independent 
sales representatives and our distributors have the exclusive right to sell our products in their respective territories. If any of our 
independent sales representatives or distributors fail to adequately promote, market and sell our products, our sales could 
significantly decrease. The terms of our agreements with our independent sales representatives and distributors vary in length, 
generally from one to ten years. Under the terms of our standard distribution agreements, each party has the right to terminate in 
the event of a material breach by the other party and we generally have the right to terminate if the distributor does not meet 
agreed sales targets or fails to make payments on time. Any termination of our existing relationships with independent sales 
representatives or distributors could have an adverse effect on our business unless and until commercially acceptable alternative 
distribution arrangements are put in place. In addition, we operate in areas of the world that have been or may be 
disproportionately affected by recessions or disasters and we bear risk that existing or future accounts receivable may be 
uncollected if these distributors or hospitals experience disruptions to their business that cause them to discontinue paying ongoing 
accounts payable or become insolvent.

Further, we face significant challenges and risks in managing our geographically dispersed distribution network and retaining the 
independent sales representatives and distributors who make up that network, and as we launch new products and increase our 
marketing efforts with respect to existing products, we plan to expand the reach of our marketing and sales efforts and may need to 
hire new independent sales representatives and distributors. Independent sales representatives and distributors require significant 
technical expertise in various areas such as spinal care practices, spine injuries and disease, and spinal health and they require 
training and time to achieve full productivity. We may not attract or retain qualified independent sales representatives and 
distributors or enter into agreements with them on favorable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all. This could be due to a 
number of factors, including, but not limited to, perceived deficiencies, or gaps, in our existing product portfolio, intense 
competition for services of independent sales representatives and distributors, or because of the disruption associated with 
restrictive covenants to which representatives or distributors may be subject and potential litigation and expense associated 
therewith. We may also experience unforeseen disengagement from independent sales representatives and distributors who have 
worked with us for many years. Even if we enter into agreements with additional qualified independent sales representatives or 
distributors, it often takes 6 to 12 months for new sales representatives or distributors to reach full operational effectiveness and 
they may not generate revenue as quickly as we expect them to, commit the necessary resources to effectively market and sell our 
products, or ultimately succeed in selling our products. Our success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain 

47

and motivate qualified independent sales representatives and distributors. If we cannot expand our sales and marketing capabilities 
domestically and internationally, if we fail to train new independent sales representatives and distributors adequately, or if we 
experience high turnover in our sales network, we may not commercialize our products adequately, or at all, which would adversely 
affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Moreover, because our independent sales representatives and distributors are not our employees, we have limited control over 
their activities and, generally, we do not enter into exclusive relationships with them. If one or more of them were to be retained by 
a competitor, whether or an exclusive or non-exclusive basis, they may divert business from us to our competitor, which could 
materially and adversely affect our sales.

We depend on our senior management team. 

Our success depends upon the skill, experience, and performance of members of our senior management team, who have been 
critical to the management of our operations and the implementation of our business strategy. We do not have key man insurance 
on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more key executive officers could have a material adverse effect on our 
operations. Further, any turnover in our senior management team could adversely affect our operating results and cash flows. 

In order to compete, we must attract, retain, and motivate key employees, and our failure to do so could have an adverse effect on 
our results of operations. 

In order to compete, we must attract, retain, and motivate executives and other key employees, including those in managerial, 
technical, sales, marketing, research, development, finance, information and technology, and other support positions representing 
diverse backgrounds, experiences, and skill sets. Hiring and retaining qualified executives, engineers, technical staff, and sales 
representatives is critical to our business, and competition for experienced employees in the medical device industry can be intense. 
Maintaining our brand and reputation, as well as a diverse and inclusive work environment that enables all our employees to thrive, 
are important to our ability to recruit and retain employees. If we are less successful in our recruiting efforts, or if we cannot retain 
highly skilled workers and key leaders, our ability to develop and deliver successful products and services may be adversely affected.

Moreover, replacing key employees may be a difficult, costly, and protracted process, and we may not have other personnel with 
the capacity to assume all of the responsibilities of a departing employee. Competition for qualified personnel, particularly for key 
positions, is intense among companies in our industry, and many of the organizations against which we compete for qualified 
personnel have greater financial and other resources and different risk profiles than our company, which may make them more 
attractive employers. All of our employees, including our management personnel, may terminate their employment with us at any 
time without notice. If we cannot attract and retain highly qualified personnel, as needed, we may not achieve our financial and 
other goals.

To attract, retain, and motivate qualified executives and key employees, we utilize stock-based incentive awards, such as employee 
stock options, and restricted stock units. Certain awards vest based upon the passage of time while others vest upon the 
achievement of certain performance-based or market-based conditions. If the value of such stock awards does not appreciate, as 
measured by the performance of the price of our common stock, and ceases to be viewed as a valuable benefit, our ability to attract, 
retain, and motivate our employees could be adversely impacted, which could negatively affect our results of operations and/or 
require us to increase the amount we expend on cash and other forms of compensation.

In addition, future internal growth could impose significant added responsibilities on our management, and we will need to identify, 
recruit, maintain, motivate, and integrate additional employees to manage growth effectively. If we do not effectively manage such 
growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, we may not achieve our goals, and our ability to generate and/or grow 
revenue could be diminished.

Our business is subject to economic, political, regulatory, and other risks associated with international sales and operations. 

Because we sell our products in many different countries, our business is subject to risks associated with conducting business 
internationally. We anticipate that net sales from international operations will continue to represent a substantial portion of our 
total net sales. In addition, certain of our manufacturing facilities and suppliers are located outside the U.S. Accordingly, our future 
results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including: 

•

•

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political, social, or economic conditions; 

difficulties in staffing and managing widespread operations;

48

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

having to comply with export control laws, including, but not limited to, the Export Administration Regulations and trade 
sanctions against embargoed countries, which are administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control within the 
Department of the Treasury, as well as the laws and regulations administered by the Department of Commerce;

complex data privacy requirements, including, but not limited to, the GDPR;

differing regulatory requirements for obtaining clearances or approvals to market our products, and unexpected changes in 
regulatory requirements;

changes in, or uncertainties relating to, foreign rules and regulations that may impact our ability to sell our products, 
perform services or repatriate profits to the U.S.;

tariffs, trade barriers and export regulations that adversely impact, and other regulatory and contractual limitations on, our 
ability to sell our products in certain foreign markets, the scope and consequences of which are subject to changing 
agendas of political, business and environmental groups; 

consequences from changes in tax or customs laws;

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

limitations on or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by foreign subsidiaries or joint 
ventures;

differing multiple payer reimbursement regimes, government payers or patient self-pay systems;

differing labor laws and standards;

an inability, or reduced ability, to protect our intellectual property, including any effect of compulsory licensing imposed by 
government action; 

availability of government subsidies or other incentives that benefit competitors in their local markets that are not available 
to us; and

having to comply with various U.S. and international laws, including the FCPA and anti-money laundering laws, and violation 
by our independent sales representatives or distributors of such laws.

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property

We depend on our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, but we may not be able to maintain the 
confidentiality of these assets or assure their protection. 

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to protect our current and future technologies and products and to defend our 
intellectual property rights. If we fail to protect our intellectual property adequately, competitors may manufacture and market 
products that are similar to, or that compete directly with, our products. Numerous patents covering our technologies have been 
issued to us and we have filed, and expect to continue to file, patent applications seeking to protect newly developed technologies 
and products in various countries, including the U.S. Some patent applications in the U.S. are maintained in secrecy until the patent 
is issued. Because the publication of discoveries tends to follow their actual discovery by several months, we may not be the first to 
invent or file patent applications on any of our discoveries. Further, there is a substantial backlog of patent applications at the U.S. 
Patent and Trademark Office, and the approval or rejection of patent applications may take several years. Patents may not be issued 
with respect to any of our patent applications and existing or future patents issued to or licensed by us and may not provide 
adequate protection or competitive advantages for our products. Patents that are issued may be challenged, invalidated, or 
circumvented by our competitors. Furthermore, our patent rights may not prevent our competitors from developing, using, or 
commercializing products that are similar or functionally equivalent to our products. Moreover, if patents are not issued with 
respect to our products arising from research, we may not be able to maintain the confidentiality of information relating to these 
products. In addition, if a patent relating to any of our products lapses or is invalidated, we may experience greater competition 
arising from new market entrants.

We also rely on trade secrets, unpatented proprietary expertise, and continuing technological innovation that we protect, in part, by 
entering into confidentiality agreements with assignors, licensees, suppliers, employees, and consultants. These agreements may be 
breached and there may not be adequate remedies in the event of a breach. Disputes may arise concerning the ownership of 
intellectual property or the applicability or enforceability of confidentiality agreements. Moreover, our trade secrets and proprietary 
technology may otherwise become known or be independently developed by our competitors.

49

In addition to contractual measures, we try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information using physical and 
technological security measures. Such measures may not, for example, in the case of misappropriation of a trade secret by an 
employee or third party with authorized access, adequately protect our proprietary information. Our security measures may not 
prevent an employee or consultant from misappropriating our trade secrets and providing them to a competitor, and recourse we 
take against such misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to protect our interests fully. Unauthorized parties may also 
attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our products that we consider proprietary. Enforcing a claim that a party 
illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is 
unpredictable.

We may face claims by third parties that our agreements with employees, consultants or advisors obligating them to assign 
intellectual property to us are ineffective or in conflict with prior or competing contractual obligations of assignment, which could 
result in ownership disputes regarding intellectual property we have developed or will develop and interfere with our ability to 
capture the commercial value of such intellectual property. Litigation may be necessary to resolve an ownership dispute, and if we 
are unsuccessful, we may be precluded from using certain intellectual property or may lose our exclusive rights in that intellectual 
property. Either outcome could harm our business and competitive position.

Furthermore, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of 
the U.S., if at all. Since certain of our issued patents and pending patent applications are for the U.S. only, we lack a corresponding 
scope of patent protection in other countries. Thus, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products in other 
countries that are similar to some of our products.

If we are unable to obtain, protect and enforce patents on our technology and to protect our trade secrets, such inability could have 
a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Third parties may claim that we infringe on their proprietary rights and may prevent us from manufacturing and selling certain of our 
products. 

Our success will depend in part on our ability, both in the U.S. and in foreign countries, to operate without infringing upon the 
patents and proprietary rights of others, and to obtain appropriate licenses to patents or proprietary rights held by third parties if 
infringement would otherwise occur.

There has been substantial litigation in the medical device industry with respect to the manufacture, use, and sale of new products. 
These lawsuits relate to the validity and infringement of patents or proprietary rights of third parties. We may be required to defend 
against allegations relating to the infringement of patent or proprietary rights of third parties. Any such litigation could, among other 
things: 

•

•

•

•

Require us to incur substantial expense, even if we are successful in the litigation; 

Require us to divert significant time and effort of our technical and management personnel; 

Result in the loss of our rights to develop or make certain products; and 

Require us to pay substantial monetary damages or royalties in order to license proprietary rights from third parties or to 
satisfy judgments or to settle actual or threatened litigation. 

Although patent and intellectual property disputes within the medical devices industry have often been settled through 
assignments, licensing, or similar arrangements, costs associated with these arrangements may be substantial and could include the 
long-term payment of royalties. Accordingly, an adverse determination in a judicial or administrative proceeding, or a failure to 
obtain necessary assignments or licenses, could result in us having to pay substantial damages (which may be increased up to three 
times of awarded damages) and/or substantial royalties, and could prevent us from manufacturing or selling some products or 
increase our costs to market these products unless we obtain a license or are able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. 
Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to 
redesign our products in a way that would not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. If we fail to obtain any required 
licenses or make any necessary changes to our products or technologies, we may have to withdraw existing products from the 
market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, we generally indemnify our customers and sales representatives with respect to infringement by our products of the 
proprietary rights of third parties. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers or sales representatives. These 
claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers or sales representatives, 
regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to indemnify, or pay damages on behalf of, 

50

our customers or sales representatives or may have to obtain licenses for the products they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary 
licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products.

If we seek to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights through litigation or other proceedings, it could require us to spend 
significant time and money, the results of which are uncertain.

To protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, we may have to initiate or defend litigation against or by third parties, such as 
infringement suits, opposition proceedings, or seeking a court declaration that we do not infringe the proprietary rights of others or 
that their rights are invalid or unenforceable. We may not have sufficient resources to enforce our intellectual property rights or to 
defend our intellectual property rights against a challenge. Even if we prevail, the cost of litigation, including the diversion of 
management and other resources, could affect our profitability and could place a significant strain on our financial resources. 

Our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights depends on our ability to detect infringement. It may be difficult to detect 
infringers who do not advertise the components used in their products. Moreover, it may be difficult or impossible to obtain 
evidence of infringement in a competitor’s or potential competitor’s product. The medical device industry is characterized by the 
existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. It is not unusual for 
parties to exchange letters surrounding allegations of intellectual property infringement and licensing arrangements. In addition, the 
patent positions of medical device companies, including our patent position, may involve complex legal and factual questions, and, 
therefore, the scope, validity and enforceability of any patent claims we have or may obtain cannot be predicted with certainty.

We may be subject to claims that we, our employees, or our independent sales agents or stocking distributors have wrongfully used 
or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our 
competitors.

Many of our employees were employed at other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors, in 
some cases immediately prior to joining us. In addition, many of our independent sales representatives and distributors sell, or in 
the past have sold, products of our competitors. We may be subject to claims that we, our employees or our independent sales 
representatives or distributors intentionally, inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary 
information of former employers or competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to claims that we 
caused an employee, or encouraged/assisted an independent sales agent, to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-
solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Litigation is expensive and time-consuming, and 
could divert management attention and resources away from our business. Even if we prevail, the cost of litigation could affect our 
profitability. If we do not prevail, in addition to any damages we might have to pay, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights 
or employees, independent sales representatives or distributors. There can be no assurance that this type of litigation or the threat 
thereof will not adversely affect our ability to engage and retain key employees, sales representatives or distributors.

Risks Related to Litigation and Product Liability Matters

We may be subject to product and other liability claims that may not be covered by insurance and could require us to pay substantial 
sums. 

We are subject to an inherent risk of, and adverse publicity associated with, product liability and other liability claims, whether or 
not such claims are valid. Spine surgery involves significant risk of serious complications, including bleeding, nerve injury, paralysis 
and even death. In addition, if neurosurgeons and orthopedic spine surgeons are not sufficiently trained in the use of our products, 
they may misuse or ineffectively use our products, which may result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes or patient injury. We could 
become the subject of product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing flaws, design defects, 
or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information resulted in an unsafe condition or injury to patients. 
In addition, the development of allograft implants and technologies for human tissue repair and treatment may entail particular risk 
of transmitting diseases to human recipients, and any such transmission could result in the assertion of product liability claims 
against us.

Product liability claims are expensive to defend, divert our management’s attention and, if we are not successful in defending the 
claim, can result in substantial monetary awards against us or costly settlements. Further, successful product liability claims made 
against one or more of our competitors could cause claims to be made against us or expose us to a perception that we are 
vulnerable to similar claims. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit and regardless of the outcome or 
whether it is fully pursued, may result in: decreased demand for our products; injury to our reputation; significant litigation costs; 
product recalls; loss of revenue; the inability to commercialize new products or product candidates; and adverse publicity regarding 
our products. Any of these may have a material and adverse effect on our reputation with existing and potential customers and on 

51

our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, a recall of some of our products, whether or not the result of 
a product liability claim, could result in significant costs and loss of customers.

We maintain product liability insurance coverage in amounts and scope that we believe are reasonable and adequate. There can be 
no assurance, however, that product liability or other claims will not exceed our insurance coverage limits or that such insurance will 
continue to be available on reasonable, commercially acceptable terms, or at all. A successful product liability claim that exceeds our 
insurance coverage limits could require us to pay substantial sums and could have a material adverse effect on our financial 
condition. In addition, a recall of some of our products, whether or not the result of a product liability claim, could result in 
significant costs and loss of customers.

Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us only from some risks, which will leave us exposed to significant uninsured 
liabilities.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk to which our business is or may be exposed. Some of the policies we maintain 
include product liability insurance, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, property insurance, and workers’ compensation 
insurance. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts 
or scope to protect us against losses. If the costs of maintaining adequate insurance coverage should increase significantly in the 
future, our operating results could be materially adversely impacted. Even if we have insurance, a claim could exceed the amount of 
our insurance coverage or it may be excluded from coverage under the terms of the policy. Any significant uninsured liability may 
require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our cash position and results of operations.

Risks Related to Potential Acquisitions, Investments, and Divestitures

Our efforts to identify, pursue, and implement new business opportunities (including acquisitions) may be unsuccessful and may have 
an adverse effect on our business. 

Our growth depends, in large part, on our ability to identify, pursue, and implement new business opportunities that expand our 
product offerings, capabilities, and geographic presence, and we compete with other medical device companies for these 
opportunities.  Our efforts to identify such opportunities focus primarily on potential acquisitions of new businesses, products or 
technologies, licensing arrangements, commercialization arrangements, and other transactions with third parties.  We may not be 
able to identify business opportunities that meet our strategic criteria or that are acceptable to us or our stockholders.  Even if we 
are able to identify acceptable business opportunities, we may not be able to pursue or implement such business opportunities (or, 
in the case of acquisitions or other transactions, complete such acquisitions or other transactions) in a timely manner or on a cost-
effective basis (or at all), and we may not realize the expected benefits of such business opportunities.  If we are not able to identify, 
pursue, and implement new business opportunities, it will adversely affect our ability to grow our business.    

In addition, pursuing and implementing new business opportunities (particularly acquisitions) may involve significant costs and entail 
risks, uncertainties, and disruptions to our business, especially where we have limited experience as a company developing or 
marketing a particular product or technology or operating in a particular geographic region.  We may be unable to integrate a new 
business, product, or technology effectively, or we may incur significant charges related to an acquisition or other business 
opportunity (for example, amortization of acquired assets or asset impairment charges), which may adversely affect our business, 
financial condition, and results of operations. Newly acquired technology or products may require additional development efforts 
prior to commercial sale, including clinical testing and approval by the FDA and applicable foreign regulatory authorities; such 
additional development efforts may involve significant expense and ultimately be unsuccessful.  Any cross-border acquisitions or 
transactions may involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations 
across different cultures and languages, currency risks, and the particular economic, political, and regulatory risks associated with 
specific countries.  To the extent we issue additional equity in connection with acquisitions, this may dilute our existing stockholders.

Furthermore, as a result of acquisitions of other healthcare businesses, we may be subject to the risk of unanticipated business 
uncertainties, regulatory and other compliance matters or legal liabilities relating to those acquired businesses for which the sellers 
of the acquired businesses may not indemnify us, for which we may not be able to obtain insurance (or adequate insurance) or for 
which the indemnification may not be sufficient to cover the ultimate liabilities.  

We have provided over $10.0 million in investments and loans to a privately-held company in Switzerland and may not be able to 
recoup our investment.

In October 2020, we entered into agreements with Neo Medical SA, a privately-held Swiss-based medical technology company 
developing a new generation of products for spinal surgery (“Neo Medical”). Our collaboration with Neo Medical focuses on co-
developing with them a cervical platform and deploying single-use, sterile-packed procedure solutions designed to increase 

52

operating room efficiencies, reduce procedural times and costs, improve patient outcomes through novel device designs and 
techniques, and reduce infection rates. These instruments are designed for surgical settings including acute care hospitals, 
outpatient hospitals, and also ambulatory surgery centers. Under our agreements with Neo Medical, we will also exclusively 
distribute Neo Medical’s thoracolumbar procedure solutions to certain U.S. accounts.

In connection with these arrangements, we purchased $5.0 million of Neo Medical’s preferred stock, and loaned CHF 4.6 million 
($5.0 million as of the issuance date) to Neo Medical pursuant to a convertible loan agreement. The loan accrues interest at an 
annual rate of 8% and is convertible by either party into additional shares of Neo Medical’s preferred stock. If not otherwise 
converted to preferred stock in the interim, the loan and all accrued interest become due and payable in October 2024. In October 
2021, the Company entered into an additional Convertible Loan Agreement (the “Additional Convertible Loan”),  pursuant to which 
the Company loaned Neo Medical an additional CHF 0.6 million ($0.7 million as of the issuance date). In January 2022, the Company 
elected to convert the Additional Convertible Loan into shares of Neo Medical’s preferred stock.

Neo Medical is using the proceeds of our preferred stock purchase and loans to fund its ongoing operations. However, no assurance 
can be made that Neo Medical’s business ultimately will be successful. As such, we could ultimately be unable to recoup any value 
for the preferred stock that we purchased and/or unable to recoup the amount of our loan.

We may incur significant costs or retain liabilities associated with disposition activity. 

We may from time to time sell, license, assign, or otherwise dispose of or divest assets, the stock of subsidiaries, or individual 
products, product lines, or technologies, which we determine are no longer desirable for us to own, some of which may be material. 
Any such activity could result in us incurring costs and expenses from these efforts, some of which could be significant. This may also 
result in us retaining liabilities related to the assets or properties disposed of even though, for instance, the income-generating 
assets have been disposed. These costs and expenses may be incurred at any time and may have a material impact on our results of 
operations.

Risks Related to Our Financial Results and Need for Financing 

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate. 

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past. Our future quarterly operating results may fluctuate 
significantly and we may experience losses depending on a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. Such factors 
include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

economic conditions worldwide, including arising from or relating to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, which could 
affect the ability of hospitals and other customers to purchase our products and could result in a reduction in elective 
and non-reimbursed operative procedures;

increased competition;

market acceptance of our existing products, as well as products in development, and the demand for, and pricing of, our 
products and the products of our competitors;

costs, benefits and timing of new product introductions;

the timing of or failure to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for new products;

lost sales and other expenses resulting from stoppages in our or third parties’ production, including as a result of 
product recalls or field corrective actions;

the availability and cost of components and materials, including raw materials such as human tissue;

accurate predictions of product demand and production capabilities sufficient to meet that demand;

our ability to realize expected yield improvements and scrap reduction initiatives that we have undertaken at our Irvine 
facility;

higher than anticipated independent sales representatives and distributors commissions;

our ability to purchase or manufacture and ship our products efficiently and in sufficient quantities to meet sales 
demands;

the timing of our research and development expenditures;

53

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

expenditures for major initiatives;

the timing and level of reimbursement, changes in reimbursement or denials in coverage for our products by third-party 
payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid, private and public health insurers and foreign governmental health systems;

the ability of our independent sales representatives and distributors to achieve expected sales targets and for new 
agents and stocking distributors to become familiar with our products in a timely manner;

peer-reviewed publications discussing the clinical effectiveness of our products;

inspections of our manufacturing facilities for compliance with the FDA's Quality System Regulations (Good 
Manufacturing Practices), which could result in Form 483 observations, warning letters, injunctions or other adverse 
findings from the FDA or equivalent foreign regulatory bodies, and corrective actions, procedural changes and other 
actions, including product recalls, that we determine are necessary or appropriate to address the results of those 
inspections, any of which may affect production and our ability to supply our customers with our products;

the costs to comply with new regulations from the FDA or equivalent foreign regulatory bodies, such as the 
requirements to establish a unique device identification system to adequately identify medical devices through their 
distribution and use;

the increased regulatory scrutiny of certain of our products, including products we manufacture for others, which could 
result in their being removed from the market;

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and

the impact of acquisitions, including the impact of goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges, if future operating 
results of the acquired businesses are significantly less than the results anticipated at the time of the acquisitions.

In addition, we may experience meaningful variability in our sales and gross profit among quarters, as well as within each quarter, as 
a result of several factors, including but not limited to (and in addition to those listed above):

•

•

•

the number of products sold in the quarter;

the unpredictability of sales of full sets of spinal implants and instruments to our international stocking distributors; and

the number of selling days in the quarter.

Our goodwill, intangible assets and fixed assets are subject to potential impairment; we have recorded significant goodwill 
impairment charges and may be required to record additional charges to future earnings if our remaining goodwill or intangible 
assets become impaired.

A significant portion of our assets consists of goodwill, intangible assets and fixed assets. The carrying value of these assets may be 
reduced if we determine that those assets are impaired, including intangible assets from recent acquisitions. 

Most of our intangible and fixed assets have finite useful lives and are amortized or depreciated over their useful lives on a straight-
line basis. The underlying assumptions regarding the estimated useful lives of these intangible assets are analyzed on at least an 
annual basis and more often if an event or circumstance occurs making it likely that the carrying value of the assets may not be 
recoverable. Any such changes are adjusted through accelerated amortization, if necessary. Whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable, we test intangible assets for impairment based 
on estimates of future cash flows. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our 
intangible assets and/or goodwill may not be recoverable include a decline in stock price and market capitalization, slower growth 
rates in our industry, the introduction of newer technology or competing products that may cannibalize future sales, or other 
materially adverse events that have implications on the profitability of our business. When testing for impairment of finite-lived 
intangible assets held for use, we group assets at the lowest level for which cash flows are separately identifiable. If an intangible 
asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of the impairment will equal the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of 
the asset.

Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. We review our two reporting units for potential goodwill 
impairment in the fourth fiscal quarter of each year as part of our annual goodwill impairment testing, and more often if an event or 
circumstance occurs making it likely that impairment exists. During the fourth quarter of 2021, we recorded a full impairment of the 
Global Orthopedics goodwill. This resulted in an impairment charge of $11.8 million, which is reflected within acquisition-related 
amortization and remeasurement on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. If actual results differ from the assumptions and 

54

estimates used in the goodwill and intangible asset calculations, we could incur future impairment or amortization charges, which 
could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We face risks related to foreign currency exchange rates. 

Because some of our revenue, operating expenses, assets, and liabilities are denominated in foreign currencies, we are subject to 
foreign exchange risks that could adversely affect our operations and reported results. To the extent that we incur expenses or 
recognize net sales in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, any change in the values of those foreign currencies relative to the U.S. 
Dollar could cause our profits to decrease or our products to be less competitive against those of our competitors. To the extent that 
our current assets denominated in foreign currency are greater or less than our current liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, 
we have potential foreign exchange exposure. The fluctuations of foreign exchange rates during 2022 had an unfavorable impact of 
$10.5 million on net sales outside of the U.S. Although we seek to manage our foreign currency exposure by matching non-dollar 
revenues and expenses, exchange rate fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the future. 
To minimize such exposures, we may enter into currency hedges from time to time.

In addition, for those foreign customers who purchase our products in U.S. Dollars, currency exchange rate fluctuations between the 
U.S. Dollar and the currencies in which those customers do business may have a negative effect on the demand for our products in 
foreign countries where the U.S. Dollar has increased in value compared to the local currency. Converting our earnings from 
international operations to U.S. Dollars for use in the U.S. can also raise challenges, including problems moving funds out of the 
countries in which the funds were earned and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable in foreign countries where the usual 
accounts receivable payment cycle is longer.

Our global operations may expose us to tax risks.

We are subject to taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment and interpretation of tax laws are 
required to estimate our tax liabilities. Tax laws and rates in various jurisdictions may be subject to significant change as a result of 
political and economic conditions. Our effective income tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in those tax laws, changes in 
the mix of earnings among tax jurisdictions, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, vesting of equity 
awards at a price below the original valuation, historical entity classification elections, and the resolution of matters arising from tax 
audits.

Beginning in 2022, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 eliminated the option to deduct research and development expenditures 
immediately in the year incurred and requires taxpayers to amortize such expenditures over five years, or 15 years for such 
expenditures incurred outside of the U.S. This requirement may have a significant impact on our cash tax liability and our effective 
tax rate as we perform research and development in the U.S., Italy, and Canada. 

Certain of our subsidiaries sell products directly to other Orthofix subsidiaries or provide marketing and support services to other 
Orthofix subsidiaries. These intercompany sales and support services involve subsidiaries operating in jurisdictions with differing tax 
rates and we must determine the appropriate allocation of income to each jurisdiction based on current interpretations of complex 
income tax regulations. Tax authorities in these jurisdictions may challenge our treatment of such intercompany transactions. If we 
are unsuccessful in defending our treatment of intercompany transactions, we may be subject to additional tax liability, interest, or 
penalty, which could adversely affect our profitability. 

We maintain a $300.0 million secured revolving credit facility secured by a pledge of substantially all of our property. 

In October 2019, we and certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Borrowers”) entered into a Second Amended 
and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”).  The Amended Credit Agreement provides for a $300.0 million 
secured revolving credit facility maturing on October 25, 2024, and amends and restates the previous $125.0 million secured 
revolving credit facility.  No amount is currently outstanding on the credit facility as of December 31, 2022, or as of the date hereof, 
but we may draw on this facility in the future.

Certain of our subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”) are required to guarantee the repayment of any obligations under the 
Amended Credit Agreement.  The obligations with respect to the Amended Credit Agreement are secured by a pledge of 
substantially all of the personal property assets of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors, including accounts receivables, deposit 
accounts, intellectual property, investment property, and inventory, equipment, and equity interests in their respective subsidiaries.

The Amended Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on our ability to incur 
additional debt, grant or permit additional liens, make investments and acquisitions, merge or consolidate with others, dispose of 
assets, pay dividends and distributions, pay subordinated indebtedness, and enter into affiliate transactions. In addition, the 
Amended Credit Agreement contains financial covenants requiring us to maintain, on a consolidated basis as of the last day of any 

55

fiscal quarter, a total net leverage ratio of not more than 3.5 to 1.0 (which ratio can be permitted to increase to 4.0 to 1.0 for no 
more than 4 fiscal quarters following a material acquisition) and an interest coverage ratio of at least 3.0 to 1.0.  The Amended 
Credit Agreement also includes events of default customary for facilities of this type and upon the occurrence of such events of 
default, subject to customary cure rights, all outstanding loans under the facility may be accelerated and/or the lenders’ 
commitments terminated. 

We believe that we are in compliance with the covenants, and there were no events of default, at December 31, 2022 (and in prior 
periods). However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to meet such financial covenants in future fiscal quarters.  The 
failure to do so could result in an event of default under such agreement, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial 
position in the event that we have significant amounts drawn under the facility at such time.

We must maintain high levels of inventory, which could consume a significant amount of our resources and reduce our cash flows. 

Because we maintain substantial inventory levels to meet the needs of our customers, we are subject to the risk of inventory excess, 
obsolescence and shelf-life expiration. Many of our spinal implant products come in sets. Each set includes a significant number of 
components in various sizes so that the physician may select the appropriate spinal implant based on the patient’s needs. In a typical 
surgery, not all of the implants in the set are used, and therefore certain sizes of implants placed in the set or that we purchase for 
replenishment inventory may become obsolete before they can be used. In addition, to market our products effectively, we often 
must provide hospitals and independent sales agents with consigned sets that typically consist of spinal implants and instruments, 
including products to ensure redundancy and products of different sizes. Further, our biologics products have expiration dates, 
which range from one to five years, and these products may expire before they can be used. If a substantial portion of our inventory 
is deemed excess, becomes obsolete, or expires, it could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows due to the 
resulting costs associated with the inventory impairment charges and costs required to replace such inventory. Further, as we 
increasingly launch new products and product systems, we may cannibalize older products and product systems, which could 
exacerbate excess and obsolete charges.

We may need additional financing in the future to meet our capital needs or to make opportunistic acquisitions, and such financing 
may not be available on favorable terms, if at all.

We may need additional financing in the future to meet our capital needs or to make opportunistic acquisitions. The capital and 
credit markets may experience extreme volatility and disruption, which may lead to uncertainty and liquidity issues for both 
borrowers and investors, and we may be unable to obtain any desired additional financing on favorable terms, if at all. If adequate 
funds are not available to us on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop or enhance products, or respond to 
competitive pressures, any of which could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. If we raise 
capital by issuing debt or entering into credit facilities, we may be subject to limitations on our operations due to restrictive 
covenants. 

General Risks

Our stock price has fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate, which may make future prices of our stock difficult to predict.

Investors should not rely on recent or historical trends to predict future stock prices, financial condition, results of operations, or 
cash flows. Our stock price, like that of other medical device companies, can be volatile and can be affected by, among other things: 
speculation, coverage, or sentiment in the media or the investment community; the announcement of new, planned or 
contemplated products, services, technological innovations, acquisitions, divestitures, or other significant transactions by us or our 
competitors; our quarterly financial results and comparisons to estimates by the investment community or financial outlook 
provided by us; the financial results and business strategies of our competitors; publication of research reports about us or our 
industry or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts; changes in laws or regulations 
affecting our business, including tax legislation; changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; 
threatened or actual litigation or governmental investigations; and inflation; market volatility or downturns caused by outbreaks, 
epidemics, pandemics, geopolitical tensions or conflicts, or other macroeconomic dynamics. General or industry specific market 
conditions or stock market performance or domestic or international macroeconomic and geopolitical factors unrelated to our 
performance also may affect the price of our stock.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the stocks of medical device companies in particular, have experienced extreme price 
and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. This 
could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common 
stock. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall 

56

market and in the market price of a company’s securities. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, 
divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, financial condition and results of operation.

We expend substantial resources to comply with laws and regulations relating to public companies, and any failure to maintain 
compliance could subject us to regulatory scrutiny and cause investors to lose confidence in our company, which could harm our 
business and have a material adverse effect on our stock price.

Laws and regulations affecting public companies, including provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer 
Protection Act of 2010 and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and the related rules and regulations adopted by the SEC, and by the 
Nasdaq Stock Market increase our accounting, legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming 
and costly. We cannot predict or estimate with any reasonable accuracy the total amount or timing of the costs we may incur to 
comply with these laws and regulations. 

We are also subject to SEC regulations that require us to determine whether our products contain certain specified minerals, 
referred to under the regulations as “conflict minerals,” and, if so, to perform an extensive inquiry into our supply chain, to 
determine whether such conflict minerals originate from the Democratic Republic of Congo or an adjoining country. Compliance 
with these regulations has increased our costs and has been time-consuming for our management and our supply chain personnel 
(and time-consuming for our suppliers), and we expect that continued compliance will continue to require significant money and 
time. In addition, to the extent any of our disclosures are perceived by the market to be “negative,” it may cause customers to 
refuse to purchase our products. Further, if we determine to make any changes to products, processes, or sources of supply, it may 
result in additional costs, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our amended and restated bylaws designates certain courts as the sole and exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be 
initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Our amended and restated bylaws provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest 
extent permitted by applicable law: (A) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of 
Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware, or, if both the Court of Chancery of the State 
of Delaware and the Superior Court of the State of Delaware lack subject matter jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the 
District of Delaware) and any state (or, if applicable, federal) appellate court therefrom shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) 
any derivative action, suit, or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) any action, suit, or proceeding asserting a claim of 
breach of fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, or other employee, or stockholder of ours to our company 
or our stockholders or any action asserting a claim for aiding and abetting any such breach of fiduciary duty, (iii ) any action, suit, or 
proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers, or other employees arising pursuant to, or seeking to 
enforce any right, obligation, or remedy under, any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “DGCL”) or our 
(certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (iv) any action, suit, or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of 
Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (v) any action, suit, or proceeding asserting a claim against us or our current or former 
directors, officers, employees, or stockholders governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases subject to the court’s having 
personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants (including personal jurisdiction by reason of any such 
indispensable party’s consent to personal jurisdiction in the State of Delaware or such court); and (B) the federal district courts of 
the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended. These provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to obtain a judicial forum that such 
stockholder may prefer for disputes governed by these provisions.

Environmental, social, and corporate governance (“ESG”) regulations, policies and provisions may make our supply chain more 
complex and may adversely affect our relationships with customers.

There is an increasing focus on the governance of environmental and social risks. A number of our customers who are payors or 
distributors have adopted, or may adopt, procurement policies that include ESG provisions that their suppliers or manufacturers 
must comply with, or they may seek to include such provisions in their terms and conditions. An increasing number of participants in 
the medical device industry are also joining voluntary ESG groups or organizations, such as the Responsible Business Alliance. These 
ESG provisions and initiatives are subject to change, can be unpredictable, and may be difficult and expensive for us to comply with, 
given the complexity of our supply chain and the outsourced manufacturing of certain components of our products. If we are unable 
to comply, or are unable to cause our suppliers to comply, with such policies or provisions, a customer may stop purchasing products 
from us, and may take legal action against us, which could harm our reputation, revenue, and results of operations.

57

Our business could be negatively impacted by corporate citizenship and ESG matters and/or our reporting of such matters.

There is an increasing focus from certain investors, customers, consumers, and other stakeholders concerning corporate citizenship 
and sustainability matters. We could be perceived as not acting responsibly in connection with these matters. Our business could be 
negatively impacted by such matters. Any such matters, or related corporate citizenship and sustainability matters, could have a 
material adverse effect on our business.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2.

Properties 

We lease or own real property to support our business. The following lists those properties that we believe are material to our 
business. We believe that our facilities meet our current needs and that we will be able to renew any such leases when needed on 
acceptable terms or find alternative facilities.

Facility
Manufacturing, warehousing, distribution, research and development, location 
   of a cadaveric training laboratory, and administrative facility for Corporate 
   and allreporting segments
Design, development, marketing, and inspection for biologics and spinal implant
   products and distribution of certain spinal implant products; location of a 
   cadaveric training laboratory, and administrative facility
Manufacturing and distribution for certain Biologics products
Manufacturing, warehousing, distribution, research and development, and
   administrative facility for Motion Preservation
Design of Spinal Implants and location of a cadaveric training laboratory
Design, development, and marketing for Enabling Technologies products
Research and development, component manufacturing, quality control and
   training facility for orthopedics products and sales management, distribution 
   and administrative facility for Italy
International distribution center for Orthofix products
Mechanical workshop for Orthofix products
Sales management, distribution and administrative facility for United Kingdom
Sales management, distribution and administrative facility for Brazil
Sales management, distribution and administrative facility for France
Sales management, distribution and administrative facility for Germany

Location

Approx.
Square
Feet

Ownership

Lewisville, TX

140,000

Leased

Carlsbad, CA
Irvine, CA

Sunnyvale, CA
Wayne, PA
Toronto, CA

Verona, Italy
Verona, Italy
Verona, Italy
Maidenhead, England
São Paulo, Brazil
Arcueil, France
Ottobrunn, Germany

82,000
70,000

25,000
3,700
9,200

38,000
18,000
9,000
5,580
22,000
8,500
18,300

Leased
Leased

Leased
Leased
Leased

Owned
Leased
Leased
Leased
Leased
Leased
Leased

Our manufacturing facilities are registered with the FDA. Our facilities are subject to FDA inspection to ensure compliance with its 
Quality System Regulations. For further information regarding the status of FDA inspections, see the "Item 1. Business - Government 
Regulation."

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

For a description of material pending legal proceedings, refer to Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in 
Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

58

PART II 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Market for Our Common Stock 

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “OFIX.” As of March 1, 2023, we had 493 holders 
of record of our common stock. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock are “street name” or beneficial 
holders, whose shares are held by banks, brokers and other financial institutions. The closing price of our common stock on March 1, 
2023 was $20.18. The following table shows the high and low sales prices for our common stock for each of the two most recent 
fiscal years.

2021
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
2022
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

Dividends

$

$

High

Low

$

$

48.50
45.96
43.30
39.98

35.83
34.89
25.93
20.87

39.34
39.23
36.35
28.65

29.75
23.54
19.11
14.33

We have not paid dividends to holders of our common stock in the past and have no present intention to pay dividends in the 
foreseeable future. Additionally, we have restrictions on our ability to pay dividends in certain circumstances pursuant to our 
Amended Credit Agreement. We currently intend to retain all of our consolidated earnings to finance the continued growth of our 
business. 

In the event that we decide to pay a dividend to holders of our common stock in the future with dividends received from our 
subsidiaries, we may, based on prevailing rates of taxation, be required to pay additional withholding and income tax on such 
amounts. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Information about our equity compensation plan is incorporated herein by reference to Part III, Item 12 of this report.  

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

During the fourth quarter of 2022, we did not issue any securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended (the "Securities Act").

Performance Graph

The following performance graph is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A 
or 14C or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. This information will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference 
into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent we specifically incorporate this information 
by reference. 

59

  
The following graph compares our annual percentage change in cumulative total return on common shares over the past five years 
with the cumulative total return of companies comprising the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Stocks (SIC 3840-3849 US 
& Foreign) Surgical, Medical, and Dental Instruments and Supplies Index. This presentation assumes that $100 was invested in 
shares of the relevant issuers on December 31, 2017, and that dividends received were immediately invested in additional shares. 
The graph plots the value of the initial $100 investment at one-year intervals for the fiscal years shown. The NASDAQ Composite 
Index replaces the CRSP NASDAQ Stock Market (US and Foreign Companies) Index in this analysis and going forward, as the CRSP 
Index data is no longer accessible. The CRSP index has been included with data through 2022. 

Item 6.

Reserved 

60

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and result of operations should be read in conjunction with 
“Forward-Looking Statements” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual 
Report. The discussion and analysis below is focused on our 2022 and 2021 financial results, including comparisons of our year-over-
year performance between these years. Discussion and analysis of our 2020 fiscal year specifically, as well as the year-over-year 
comparison of our 2021 financial performance to 2020, is located in Part II, Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, filed 
with the SEC on February 25, 2022, which is available on our website at www.orthofix.com and the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Merger with SeaSpine

On October 10, 2022, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with SeaSpine Holdings Corporation ("SeaSpine"), a global 
medical technology company focused on surgical solutions for the treatment of spinal disorders. On January 5, 2023, the transaction 
was completed, with SeaSpine continuing as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Orthofix following the transaction. As the merger was 
completed in 2023, SeaSpine's historical financial results for the year ended December 31, 2022, are not included within results of 
operations. As such, the information presented under the title "Results of Operations" below speaks only to the financial results of 
Orthofix on a stand-alone basis. However, the merger will have a significant impact on our future results of operations and financial 
condition. For example, the merger is expected to result in significant costs to achieve ongoing synergies, which could be associated 
with product line rationalization, employee severance and retention costs, professional fees for integration of processes and 
information technology systems, and other expenses. Future filings, beginning with our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal 
quarter ending March 31, 2023, will reflect the results of the combined Orthofix-SeaSpine organization. For additional discussion 
related to the merger, see Note 22 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Executive Summary 

The newly merged Orthofix-SeaSpine organization is a leading global spine and orthopedics company with a comprehensive portfolio 
of biologics, innovative spinal hardware, bone growth therapies, specialized orthopedic solutions, and a leading surgical navigation 
system. Its products are distributed in approximately 68 countries worldwide.

We are headquartered in Lewisville, Texas and have primary offices in Carlsbad, CA, with a focus on spine and biologics product 
innovation and surgeon education, and Verona, Italy, with an emphasis on product innovation, production, and medical education 
for orthopedics. Our combined global R&D, commercial and manufacturing footprint also includes facilities and offices in Irvine, CA, 
Toronto, Canada, Sunnyvale, CA, Wayne, PA, Olive Branch, MS, Maidenhead, UK, Munich, Germany, Paris, France and Sao Paulo, 
Brazil.

61

Notable financial results in 2022 include the following:

•

•

•

•

•

Net sales were $460.7 million, a decrease of 0.8% on a reported basis and 1.5% on a constant currency basis

Global Orthopedics net sales growth of 1.9% on a reported basis and 11.0% on a constant currency basis driven by 
strategic investments in our commercial channels and momentum from new product introductions

FDA granted PMA approval for AccelStim LIPUS bone growth stimulator, expanding our indications into fresh fracture 
care

Executed partnership with CGBio to commercialize Novosis rhBMP-2 growth factor in the U.S. and Canada

Orthofix and MTF Biologics recognized with the 2022 Spine Technology Award from Orthopedics This Week for Virtuos 
Lyograft

Results of Operations 

The following table presents certain items in our consolidated statements of operations as a percent of net sales:

Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit

Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Research and development
Acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement

Operating income (loss)
Net income (loss)

Year ended December 31,

2022
(%)

2021
(%)

2020
(%)

100.0
26.8
73.2
49.7
17.4
10.6
(1.6)
(2.9)
(4.3)

100.0
24.7
75.3
47.6
14.9
10.7
3.9
(1.8)
(8.3)

100.0
25.1
74.9
50.3
16.7
9.6
(0.2)
(1.5)
0.6

Net Sales by Reporting Segment

The following table provides net sales by major product category by reporting segment:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Bone Growth Therapies
Spinal Implants
Biologics
Global Spine
Global Orthopedics
Net sales

2022
$ 187,247
109,546
56,381
353,174
107,539
$ 460,713

2021
$ 187,448
115,094
56,421
358,963
105,516
$ 464,479

2020
$ 171,396
94,857
55,482
321,735
84,827
$ 406,562

Percentage Change

2022/2021

Reported

2022/2021
Constant 
Currency

2021/2020

Reported

2021/2020
Constant 
Currency

-0.1%
-4.8%
-0.1%
-1.6%
1.9%
-0.8%

-0.1%
-4.0%
-0.1%
-1.4%
11.0%
1.5%

9.4%
21.3%
1.7%
11.6%
24.4%
14.2%

9.4%
20.8%
1.7%
11.4%
21.3%
13.5%

62

  
Global Spine

Global Spine offers the following products categories:

-

-

-

Bone Growth Therapies, which manufactures, distributes, sells, and provides support services for market leading devices 
that enhance bone fusion. Bone Growth Therapies uses distributors and sales representatives to sell its devices and provide 
associated services to hospitals, healthcare providers, and patients.

Spinal Implants, which designs, develops, and markets a broad portfolio of motion preservation and fixation implant 
products used in surgical procedures of the spine. Spinal Implants distributes its products globally through a network of 
distributors and sales representatives to sell spine products to hospitals and healthcare providers.

Biologics, which provides a portfolio of regenerative products and tissue forms that allow physicians to successfully treat a 
variety of spinal and orthopedic conditions. Biologics markets its tissues to hospitals and healthcare providers, primarily in 
the U.S., through a network of employed and independent sales representatives.

2022 Compared to 2021

Net sales decreased $5.8 million or 1.6%

•

•

•

Bone Growth Therapies net sales were relatively flat, primarily driven by a continued slowdown in complex procedure 
volumes early in the year, which are typically paired with our CervicalStim and Spinalstim devices, largely offset by the 
successful commercial roll-out of our AccelStim Bone Healing Therapy in 2022 and growth in our PhysioStim product line 
from an expanding sales force and increased market share

Spinal Implants net sales decreased $5.5 million or 4.8%, primarily due to lower complex procedures case volumes in Spine 
Fixation as well as global competitive pressures in Motion Preservation

Biologics net sales were relatively flat, primarily driven by a decrease in volume  from our cellular allograft offerings, which 
were largely offset by the impact of successful new product introductions, such as FiberFuse, FiberFuse Strip, Virtuos, and 
Legacy DBM

Global Orthopedics

Global Orthopedics offers products and solutions that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of orthopedic conditions 
specifically related to limb reconstruction and deformity correction unrelated to the spine. Global Orthopedics distributes its 
products world-wide through a network of distributors and sales representatives to sell orthopedic products to hospitals and 
healthcare providers.

2022 Compared to 2021 

Net sales increased $2.0 million, or 1.9% on a reported basis and 11.0% on a constant currency basis

•

•

Double-digit growth internationally on a constant currency basis paired with solid growth in the U.S. from strategic 
investments in our commercial channels and momentum from new product introductions

Partially offset by a decrease of $9.6 million due to movement in foreign currency exchange rates

Gross Profit 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Gross margin

2022 Compared to 2021

Gross profit decreased $12.4 million, or 3.5%

2022
460,713
123,544
337,169

$

$

2021
464,479
114,914
349,565

$

$

2020
$ 406,562
101,889
$ 304,673

73.2%

75.3%

74.9%

Percentage Change

2022/2021

2021/2020

-0.8%
7.5%
-3.5%
-2.1%

14.2%
12.8%
14.7%
0.4%

63

•

•

Decrease in gross profit driven primarily by changes in our sales mix as well as increased inventory reserves related to set 
builds for an expanding sales force and increased safety stock requirements early in the year driven by the risk of global 
supply chain disruption

Decrease also driven by unfavorable changes in shipping costs, increased manufacturing overhead costs, and unfavorable 
movements in foreign currency exchange rates

Sales and Marketing Expense

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Sales and marketing
As a percentage of net sales

2022 Compared to 2021

Sales and marketing expense increased $7.5 million 

2022
228,810

$

2021
221,318

$

2020
$ 204,434

49.7%

47.6%

50.3%

Percentage Change

2022/2021

2021/2020

3.4%
2.1%

8.3%
-2.7%

•

•

•

Increases in travel, sales events, and surgeon and sales education trainings as in-person events largely resumed in 2022

Increase also attributable to the hiring of additional sales and marketing headcount to support growth initiatives across 
both Spine and Orthopedics

Increase of $2.4 million related to our estimated Italian Medical Device Payback liability, largely as a result of temporary 
relief provided by the Italian National Healthcare System in 2021 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic 

General and Administrative Expense

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
General and administrative
As a percentage of net sales

2022 Compared to 2021

2022
79,966

$

2021
69,353

$

2020
67,948

$

17.4%

14.9%

16.7%

Percentage Change

2022/2021

2021/2020

15.3%
2.5%

2.1%
-1.8%

General and administrative expense increased $10.6 million 

•

•

Increase of $12.0 million associated with due diligence, legal fees, and other acquisition-related costs incurred in order to 
close the merger with SeaSpine, and certain integration costs to prepare for the merging of activities on a combined 
company basis

Partially offset by a decrease in certain compensation costs, partly stemming from the departure of certain former 
executives and from macroeconomic pressures on certain variable compensation expenses

Research and Development Expense

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Research and development
As a percentage of net sales

2022 Compared to 2021

2022
49,065

$

2021
49,621

$

2020
39,056

$

10.6%

10.7%

9.6%

Percentage Change

2022/2021

2021/2020

-1.1%
-0.1%

27.1%
1.1%

Research and development expense decreased $0.6 million

•

•

•

Decrease of $0.8 million related to the attainment of a development milestone with MTF Biologics achieved in 2021 that did 
not recur in 2022

Decrease in integration activities attributable to certain recent asset acquisitions

Partially offset by an increase of $2.3 million related directly to our European Union medical device regulation 
implementation efforts

64

Acquisition-related Amortization and Remeasurement

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Acquisition-related amortization and 
remeasurement
As a percentage of net sales

2022 Compared to 2021

2022

2021

2020

2022/2021

2021/2020

Percentage Change

$

(7,404)
-1.6%

$

17,588

$

3.9%

(499)
-0.2%

-142.1%
-5.5%

-3624.6%
4.1%

Acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement decreased $25.0 million

•

•

Decrease of $14.0 million related to the remeasurement of potential revenue-based milestone payments associated with 
the Spinal Kinetics acquisition, as we do not expect to achieve the remaining revenue-based milestone prior to April 30, 
2023, based on current net sales trends

Decrease of $11.8 million attributable to the impairment of our Global Orthopedics goodwill in 2021

Non-operating Income (Expense)

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Interest expense, net
Other income (expense)

2022

2021

2020

2022/2021

2021/2020

$

(1,288)
(3,150)

$

(1,837)
(3,343)

$

(2,483)
8,381

-29.9%
-5.8%

-26.0%
-139.9%

Percentage Change

Non-operating income and expense largely consists of interest income and expense, transaction gains and losses from changes in 
foreign currency exchange rates, changes in fair value related to our equity holdings in certain privately-held companies, and credit 
losses recognized on certain convertible debt investments. Foreign exchange gains and losses are primarily a result of several of our 
foreign subsidiaries holding trade and intercompany payables or receivables in currencies (most notably the U.S. Dollar) other than 
their functional currency.

2022 Compared to 2021 

Interest expense, net, decreased $0.5 million

•

•

Change primarily the result of increased interest income on money market funds as a result of increases in yield driven by 
domestic monetary policy

Change also a result of increased interest income earned on certain investment securities 

Other income (expense), net, increased $0.2 million

•

•

Increase of $0.7 million associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates, as we recorded a non-cash 
remeasurement loss of $3.3 million in 2022 compared to a loss of $4.0 million in 2021

Partially offset by gains recognized in 2021 in total of $0.6 million associated with our equity investments in Neo Medical 
and Bone Biologics

Income Tax Expense

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Income tax expense (benefit)
Effective tax rate

2022 Compared to 2021

2022

$

2,043
-11.5%

$

2021
24,884
-184.4%

$

2020

2022/2021

2021/2020

(2,885)
784.0%

-91.8%
172.9%

-962.5%
-968.4%

Percentage Change

Net income tax expense decreased by $22.8 million

•

•

•

Decrease of $20.2 million related to changes in valuation allowances recorded in 2021 versus 2022

Decrease of $2.7 million related to the change in fair value of contingent consideration

Partially offset by $1.0 million US tax expense on foreign income inclusion

65

A reconciliation of the effective tax rate for each year is reported in Note 20 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
contained in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Segment Review

Historically, our business was managed through two reporting segments:  Global Spine and Global Orthopedics. The primary metric 
used in managing the business by segment is EBITDA (which is described further in Note 16 to the Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Annual Report). 

Following the merger with SeaSpine, which was completed on January 5, 2023, we expect to reassess our reporting segments in the 
first quarter of 2023 based on how the operations of the newly combined company will be managed. We will also reassess our 
identified segment profitability metric at that time. Accordingly, the reporting segment information below has been prepared based 
on our two historical reporting segments, which were utilized in managing operations for the year ended December 31, 2022. 

The following table reconciles EBITDA to loss before income taxes:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

Global Spine
Global Orthopedics
Corporate
Total EBITDA
Depreciation and amortization
Goodwill impairment
Interest expense, net
Loss before income taxes

Liquidity and Capital Resources

2022

Year Ended December 31,
2021

2020

60,649
(4,037)
(44,011)
12,601
(29,019)
—
(1,288)
(17,706)

$

$

58,014
3,374
(31,691)
29,697
(29,599)
(11,756)
(1,837)
(13,495)

$

$

63,036
(4,993)
(25,382)
32,661
(30,546)
—
(2,483)
(368)

$

$

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at December 31, 2022, was $50.7 million compared to $87.8 million at December 31, 
2021.  

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Net cash from operating activities
Net cash from investing activities
Net cash from financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash
Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

Year Ended December, 31,

2022

2021

Change

$

$

(11,538)
(24,534)
(78)
(997)
(37,147)

$

$

18,475
(23,013)
(3,621)
(815)
(8,974)

$

$

(30,013)
(1,521)
3,543
(182)
(28,173)

The following table presents free cash flow, a non-GAAP financial measure, which is calculated by subtracting capital expenditures 
from net cash from operating activities.

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Net cash from operating activities
Capital expenditures
Free cash flow

Operating Activities 

Year Ended December, 31,

2022

2021

Change

$

$

(11,538)
(23,160)
(34,698)

$

$

18,475
(19,592)
(1,117)

$

$

(30,013)
(3,568)
(33,581)

Cash flows from operating activities decreased $30.0 million

•

•

Decrease in net loss of $18.6 million

Net decrease of $44.1 million in non-cash gains and losses, largely related to our impairment of Global Orthopedics goodwill 
in 2021, changes in deferred income taxes, and changes in fair value of contingent consideration

66

•

Net decrease of $4.5 million relating to changes in working capital accounts, primarily attributable to changes in inventory 
levels, our contract liability associated with the CMS Accelerated and Advance Payment Program, the payment of 
contingent consideration in 2021, and from changes in other long-term assets and liabilities

Two of our primary working capital accounts are accounts receivable and inventory. Day’s sales in receivables were 62 days at 
December 31, 2022, compared to 58 days at December 31, 2021 (calculated using fourth quarter net sales and ending accounts 
receivable). Inventory turns were 1.2 times as of December 31, 2022, compared to 1.4 times at December 31, 2021.

Investing Activities 

Cash flows from investing activities decreased $1.5 million 

•

•

Decrease of $3.6 million associated with capital expenditures compared to the prior year period

Partially offset by an increase of $2.2million due to cash paid for purchases of investment securities in 2021

Financing Activities

Cash flows from financing activities increased $3.5 million

•

•

•

•

Increase of $8.4 million associated with cash paid in 2021 for the achievement of a revenue-based milestone associated 
with the Spinal Kinetics acquisition; the milestone payment totaled $15.0 million with a portion of the payment reflected in 
both operating and financing activities

Decrease in net proceeds of $3.7 million from the issuance of common shares, primarily related to the exercise of stock 
options in the prior year period

Decrease of $2.0 million related to the conclusion of the FITBONE Contract Manufacturing and Supply Agreement with 
Wittenstein, resulting in a $2.0 million payment in 2022

Increase of $0.9 million attributable to other financing activities

Credit Facilities

On October 25, 2019, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”), 
which provides for a five year $300 million secured revolving credit facility. The Amended Credit Agreement has a maturity date of 
October 25, 2024, and amends and restates the previous $125 million secured revolving credit facility. 

Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement may be used for, among other things, working capital and other general 
corporate purposes (including share repurchases, permitted acquisitions and permitted payments of dividends and other 
distributions). Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement may be limited based on EBITDA levels recognized over the 
preceding 12 months.

As of December 31, 2022, we have no outstanding borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement. However, on January 3, 2023, 
we borrowed $30.0 million under the $300.0 million secured revolving credit facility for working capital purposes, including to fund 
certain merger-related expenses. Further, an additional $15.0 million was borrowed on March 3, 2023. For additional information 
regarding the credit facility, see Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

In addition, we have no outstanding borrowings on our Italian line of credit of €5.5 million ($6.3 million) as of December 31, 2022. 
This unsecured line of credit provides us the option to borrow amounts in Italy at rates which are determined at the time of 
borrowing.

As of December 31, 2022, SeaSpine had a $30.0 million credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association which was 
scheduled to mature in July 2025. Immediately prior to the closing date of the merger, SeaSpine had $27.0 million of outstanding 
borrowings under the credit facility. In connection with the merger, on January 5, 2023, all of the outstanding obligations in respect 
of principal, interest, and fees under the credit agreement were repaid and all applicable commitments under the credit agreement 
were terminated.

Other

For information regarding Contingencies, see Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual 
Report.

67

Legion Innovations, LLC Asset Acquisition

On December 29, 2022, we entered into a technology assignment and royalty agreement with Legion Innovations, LLC, a U.S.-based 
medical device technology company, whereby we acquired intellectual property rights to certain assets. As consideration, we paid 
$0.2 million in January 2023, with additional payments contingent upon reaching future commercialization and revenue-based 
milestones. 

CGBio Co. Ltd. License and Distribution Agreement

On July 30, 2022, we entered into an exclusive License and Distribution Agreement with CGBio Co., Ltd. (“CGBio”), a developer of 
innovative, synthetic bone grafts. The agreement grants us the exclusive right to conduct pre-clinical and clinical studies, 
commercialize, promote, market, and sell the Novosis recombinant human bone morphogenetic protein-2 (rhBMP-2) bone growth 
materials and other future tissue regenerative solutions in the U.S. and Canada. As consideration, we paid CGBio an upfront 
payment of $1.4 million with additional payments contingent upon the achievement of specified development milestones. 

Spinal Kinetics Acquisition and Contingent Consideration

As part of the consideration for the Spinal Kinetics acquisition, we agreed to make contingent milestone payments of up to $60.0 
million. One milestone payment, which was for $15.0 million, became due upon FDA approval of Spinal Kinetics’ M6-C artificial 
cervical disc, which was achieved and paid in 2019. A revenue-based milestone payment, totaling $15.0 million, was achieved and 
paid in 2021 upon meeting certain net sales targets.

The remaining milestone payment is a revenue-based milestone payment of $30.0 million in connection with future sales of the 
acquired artificial discs. The fair value of this contingent consideration liability was concluded to be zero as of December 31, 2022, as 
we do not expect to achieve the milestone prior to the deadline of April 30, 2023. For additional discussion of this matter, see Note 
12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

IGEA S.p.A Exclusive License and Distribution Agreement

In April 2021, we entered into an Exclusive License and Distribution Agreement (the “License Agreement”) with IGEA S.p.A (“IGEA”), 
an Italian manufacturer and distributor of bone and cartilage stimulation systems. Per the terms of the License Agreement, we have 
the exclusive right to sell IGEA products in the U.S. and Canada. As consideration for the License Agreement, we agreed to pay up to 
$4.0 million, of which $0.5 million was paid in 2021, with certain payments contingent upon achieving an FDA milestone. 

In May 2022, the Company achieved FDA approval pertaining to the acquired technology, triggering a contingent consideration 
milestone obligation of $3.5 million. Of this amount, $1.5 million was paid in 2022, $1.0 million was accrued within other current 
liabilities, and $1.0 million was accrued within other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2022. 

Related Party Transaction

In February 2021, we entered into a technology assignment and royalty agreement with a medical device technology company 
partially owned and controlled by the wife of our Executive Chairman, and former President and Chief Executive Officer, Jon 
Serbousek, whereby we acquired the intellectual property rights to certain assets for consideration of up to $10.0 million. 
Consideration was comprised of $1.0 million, which was paid at signing, and $9.0 million in contingent consideration, dependent 
upon multiple milestones, such as receipt of 510(k) clearance or the attainment of certain net sales targets. For additional discussion 
of this transaction, see Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Neo Medical Investment and Convertible Loan

In October 2020, we entered into a Convertible Loan Agreement (the “Convertible Loan”) with Neo Medical SA, a privately held 
Swiss-based Medtech company (“Neo Medical”), whereby we loaned CHF 4.6 million to Neo Medical ($5.0 million as of the issuance 
date). The loan bears interest at 8.0%, with interest due semi-annually. The Convertible Loan matures in October 2024; however, if a 
change in control of Neo Medical occurs prior to maturity, the Convertible Loan shall become immediately due upon such event.

Impact of COVID-19 and the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act ("CARES Act") on Liquidity and Capital Resources

In April 2020, we received $13.9 million in funds from the CMS Accelerated and Advance Payment Program as part of the CARES Act 
to increase cash flow to providers of services and suppliers impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. In April 2021, Medicare began to 
recoup 25% of Medicare payments otherwise owed to the provider or supplier for submitted claims. Recoupment then increased to 
50% of Medicare payments in March 2022. Thus, during these time periods, rather than receiving the full amount of payment for 

68

newly submitted claims, our outstanding balance under the Accelerated and Advance Payment Program was reduced by the 
recoupment amount until the full balance had been repaid, which was completed in 2022. 

Disclosures Relating to Potential Obligations Resulting from our Merger with SeaSpine

On December 1, 2022, SeaSpine entered into an exclusive license and distribution agreement with Lattus Spine LLC. (“Lattus”) to 
acquire a perpetual license to certain surgical instrumentation. As consideration, SeaSpine paid an upfront licensing fee and 
purchased initial sets of instrumentation. Additional payments are contingent upon the subsequent net sales of the acquired assets, 
most of which are based upon future net sales of the acquired assets, with the company having the option to fund a portion of these 
payments via the issuance of common stock.

Pursuant to a distributor agreement between SeaSpine and one of its distributors, the Company could be obligated to purchase 
certain assets of the distributor, at the option of the distributor, as a result of the merger. If this were to occur, the purchase price of 
the transaction would be the greater of (i) $4.2 million or (ii) 100% of the commissions earned by the distributor over a specified 
period prior to the change in control, with such purchase price paid in stock. 

Unremitted Foreign Earnings 

Unremitted foreign earnings were $27.0 million as of December 31, 2022. The Company’s investment in foreign subsidiaries 
continues to be indefinite in nature; however, the Company may periodically repatriate a portion of these earnings to the extent 
that it does not incur significant additional tax liability.

Contractual Obligations 

As a result of our operations, we are subject to certain contractual obligations with material cash requirements. Our material 
contractual obligations include, but are not limited to i) our contingent consideration arrangement associated with the Spinal 
Kinetics acquisition, ii) contingent consideration arrangements associated with certain asset acquisitions, of which material 
obligations are described above, iii) operating lease and finance lease obligations, and iv) uncertain tax positions. 

Refer to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report for a further description of our 
contingent consideration arrangements (Notes 12 and 17), lease obligations (Note 9), and uncertain tax positions (Note 20). 

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2022, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current 
or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, cash flows, 
liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources that are material to investors. In addition, we do not consider the backlog of firm 
orders to be material.

Critical Accounting Estimates 

Our discussion of operating results is based upon the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The preparation of 
these statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate these estimates, which are based on historical experience 
and various other assumptions that management believe to be reasonable under the circumstances at that point in time.  Actual 
results may differ, significantly at times, from these estimates. 

We believe the estimates described below are the most critical in preparing our consolidated financial statements. We have 
reviewed these critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. 

Revenue Recognition 

The process for recognizing revenue involves significant assumptions and judgments for certain of our revenue streams. Revenue 
recognition policies are “critical accounting estimates” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimates could 
materially affect key financial measures, including net sales, gross margin, operating income, EBITDA, and net income.

Bone Growth Therapies revenue is largely attributable to the U.S. and is comprised of third-party payor transactions and wholesale 
revenue.

69

For revenue derived from third-party payors, including commercial insurance carriers, health maintenance organizations, preferred 
provider organizations, and governmental payors, such as Medicare, in connection with the sale of our stimulation products, we 
recognize revenue when the stimulation product is fitted to and accepted by the patient and all applicable documents that are 
required by the third-party payor have been obtained. Amounts paid by these third-party payors are generally based on fixed or 
allowable reimbursement rates. These revenues are recorded at the expected or preauthorized reimbursement rates, net of any 
contractual allowances or adjustments. Certain billings are subject to review by the third-party payors and may be subject to 
adjustment. 

Wholesale revenue is related to the sale of our bone growth stimulators directly to physicians and other healthcare providers. 
Wholesale revenues are recognized upon shipment and receipt of a confirming purchase order, which is when the customer obtains 
control of the promised goods.

Biologics revenue is largely attributable to the U.S. and is primarily related to a collaborative arrangement with MTF. We have 
exclusive global marketing rights and receive marketing fees from MTF based on products distributed by MTF. MTF is considered the 
principal in these arrangements; therefore, we recognize these marketing service fees on a net basis upon shipment of the product 
to the customer and receipt of a confirming purchase order.

Spinal Implants and Global Orthopedics products are distributed world-wide, with U.S. sales largely comprised of commercial 
revenue and international sales derived from commercial sales and through stocking distributor arrangements.

Commercial revenue is largely related to the sale of our Spinal Implants and Global Orthopedics products to hospital customers. 
Commercial revenues are recognized when these products have been utilized and a confirming purchase order has been received 
from the hospital.

Stocking distributors purchase our products and then re-sell them directly to customers, such as hospitals. Revenue derived from 
stocking distributor arrangements is recognized upon shipment and receipt of a confirming purchase order, which is when the 
distributor obtains control of the promised goods. The transaction price is estimated based upon our historical collection experience 
with the stocking distributor. This percentage, which is specific to each stocking distributor, is then used to calculate the transaction 
price. Cost of sales is also recorded upon transfer of control of the product to the customer, which is when our performance 
obligation has been satisfied.

Allowance for Expected Credit Losses and Contractual Allowances

The process for estimating the ultimate collection of accounts receivable involves significant assumptions and judgments. The 
determination of the contractual life of accounts receivable, the aging of outstanding receivables, as well as the historical 
collections, write-offs, and payor reimbursement experience over the estimated contractual lives of such receivables, are integral 
parts of the estimation process related to reserves for expected credit losses and the establishment of contractual allowances. 
Accounts receivable are analyzed on a quarterly basis to assess the adequacy of both reserves for expected credit losses and 
contractual allowances. Revisions in allowances for expected credit loss estimates are recorded as an adjustment to bad debt 
expense within sales and marketing expenses. Revisions to contractual allowances are recorded as an adjustment to net sales. These 
estimates are periodically tested against actual collection experience. In addition, we analyze our receivables by geography and by 
customer type, where appropriate, in developing estimates for expected credit losses.

We believe our allowance for credit losses is sufficient to cover customer credit risks; however, a 10% change in our allowance for 
credit losses as of December 31, 2022, would result in an increase or decrease to sales and marketing expense of $0.6 million. 
Additionally, we believe our estimate to establish contractual allowances is sufficient to cover customer credit risks; however, a 10% 
change in our reserve for contractual allowances as of December 31, 2022, would result in an increase or decrease to net sales of 
$0.3 million. Our allowance for credit losses and estimation of contractual allowances are “critical accounting estimates” because 
changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimates could materially affect key financial measures, including net sales, gross 
margin, operating income, EBITDA, net income, and accounts receivable.

Inventory Allowances 

Reserves for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory are calculated as the difference between the cost of inventory and market 
value, and are based on assumptions and judgments about new product launch periods, overall product life cycles, forecasted 
demand, and market conditions. In the event of a decrease in demand for our products, excess product production, or a higher 

70

incidence of inventory obsolescence, we could be required to increase our inventory reserves, which would increase cost of sales 
and decrease gross profit. We regularly evaluate our exposure for inventory write-downs.  If conditions or assumptions used in 
determining the market value or forecasted demand change, additional inventory adjustments in the future may be necessary. Our 
inventory allowance is a “critical accounting estimate” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimate could 
materially affect key financial measures, including gross profit, operating income, EBITDA, net income, and inventory. 

Valuation of Intangible Assets

Our intangible assets are comprised primarily of patents, acquired or developed technology, in-process research and development 
(“IPR&D”), customer relationships, trade names, trademarks, and licensing arrangements. We make significant judgments in relation 
to the valuation of intangible assets resulting from business combinations or asset acquisitions. Intangible assets acquired in a 
business combination that are used for IPR&D activities are considered to have indefinite lives until the completion or abandonment 
of the associated project. Upon reaching the end of the relevant project, we will either amortize the acquired IPR&D over its 
estimated useful life or expense the acquired IPR&D should the project be unsuccessful with no future alternative use.

Significant judgment is required related to the forecasting of future operating results within our discounted cash flow valuation 
models to determine the valuation of intangible assets. Key assumptions include the anticipated useful lives of acquired intangibles, 
the projected cash flows associated with each intangible asset, the estimated probability of success for acquired IPR&D projects, and 
projected growth rates and discount rates. It is possible that significant changes in plans or assumptions may affect the 
recoverability of these assets and could potentially result in impairment. Our valuation of intangible assets is a “critical accounting 
estimate” because changes in the assumptions used to develop these estimates could materially affect key financial measures, 
including operating income, EBITDA, and net income.

Goodwill

Our goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired from business combinations. The determination of 
the value of goodwill and intangible assets arising from business combinations requires extensive use of accounting estimates and 
judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. 

We test goodwill at least annually for impairment, and between annual tests if indicators of potential impairment exist. These 
indicators include, among others, significant declines in sales, earnings, or cash flows, or the development of a material adverse 
change in the business climate. Assessing goodwill impairment involves a high degree of judgment due to the estimates and 
assumptions used. We believe the estimates and assumptions involved in the impairment assessment to be critical because 
significant changes in such estimates and assumptions could materially affect key financial measures, including operating income, 
EBITDA, and net income. 

In the fourth quarter of 2021, we performed a quantitative assessment of goodwill as part of our annual goodwill impairment 
analysis. Upon estimating the fair value of each of its reporting units, we determined the Global Orthopedics reporting unit’s fair 
value was less than its carrying value of net assets. This resulted in recording a full impairment of the Global Orthopedics goodwill of 
$11.8 million, which is reflected within Acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement. The assessment concluded there were 
no indicators of impairment for the Global Spine goodwill.

In the fourth quarter of 2022, we performed a qualitative assessment for our annual goodwill impairment analysis, which did not 
result in an impairment charge. This qualitative analysis considered all relevant factors specific to the reporting units, including 
macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, overall financial performance, and relevant entity-specific events. 
As part of our qualitative assessment, we included quantitative factors to assess the likelihood of an impairment and concluded it 
more likely that not that an impairment has not occurred.

We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a weighted average of fair value derived from both an income approach and 
a market approach. The fair value measurements are based on significant inputs that are unobservable in the market, with key 
assumptions including, but not limited to, our forecasted future net sales and expenses, terminal growth rates, discount rates 
applied, and allocation of corporate-level expenses to each reporting unit. Significant changes in these assumptions could result in a 
significantly higher or lower fair value, which in turn can affect the ultimate conclusion regarding if goodwill is impaired.

Fair Value Measurements 

71

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or 
most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. 
The two most significant items that are or were recorded at fair value as of December 31, 2022, and 2021, include (i) contingent 
consideration attributable to the Spinal Kinetics acquisition and (ii) our convertible loan agreements with Neo Medical.

The contingent consideration consists of potential future milestone payments of up to $60.0 million in cash associated with the 
Spinal Kinetics acquisition, which must be achieved before April 30, 2023, to be paid. The milestone payments include (i) up to $15.0 
million for meeting the FDA Milestone and (ii) revenue-based milestone payments of up to $45.0 million in connection with future 
sales of the M6-C artificial cervical disc and the M6-L artificial lumbar disc. The FDA milestone was achieved and paid in 2019 and 
one of the revenue-based milestones, resulting in a payment of $15.0 million, was achieved and paid in 2021.

As of December 31, 2022, we estimated the fair value of the remaining revenue-based milestone based on a probability-weighted 
cash flow analysis, based upon a combination of our historical net sales of artificial cervical discs and projected net sales of such 
discs through April 30, 2023. The estimated fair value of the remaining milestone was concluded to be zero as of December 31, 
2022, as we considered the probability of achieving the milestone by April 30, 2023, to be remote.

In previous periods, we estimated the fair value of the remaining revenue-based milestone payment using a Monte Carlo simulation. 
This fair value measurement was based on significant inputs that were unobservable in the market, with key assumptions including 
our forecasted future net sales of Motion Preservation products, discount rates applied, and assumptions for potential volatility of 
the forecasted revenue. Significant changes in these assumptions could have resulted in a significantly higher or lower fair value as 
of each period.

We estimate the fair value of our convertible loan agreements with Neo Medical using option-pricing models and a probability-
weighted discounted cash flow model. The fair value measurement is based on significant inputs that are unobservable in the 
market, with significant unobservable inputs including applicable discount rates, implied volatility, the likelihood and projected 
timing of repayment or conversion, and projected cash flows in support of the estimated enterprise value of Neo Medical. Significant 
changes in these assumptions could result in a significantly higher or lower fair value. Holding other inputs constant, an increase in 
the assumed cost of equity discount rate by 2% would have resulted in a decrease in the fair value of the convertible loan of $0.1 
million, whereas a decrease the cost of equity discount rate by 2% would have resulted in an increase in the fair value of the 
convertible loan by $0.2 million.

Our fair value measurements are a “critical accounting estimate” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimate 
could materially affect key financial measures, including operating income, EBITDA, and net income.

Litigation and Contingent Liabilities

From time to time, we are parties to or targets of lawsuits, investigations, and proceedings, including product liability, personal 
injury, patent and intellectual property, health and safety, and employment and healthcare regulatory matters, which are handled 
and defended in the ordinary course of business. These lawsuits, investigations, or proceedings could involve a substantial number 
of claims and could also have an adverse impact on our reputation and customer base. Although we maintain various liability 
insurance programs for liabilities that could result from such lawsuits, investigations, or proceedings, we are self-insured for a 
significant portion of such liabilities. 

We accrue for such claims when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. The 
assessments of whether a loss is probable or a reasonable possibility, and whether the loss or range of loss is reasonably estimable, 
often involve a series of complex judgments about future events. Among the factors that we consider in this assessment are the 
nature of existing legal proceedings, investigations, and claims, the asserted or possible damages or loss contingency (if reasonably 
estimable), the progress of the matter, existing law and precedent, the opinions or views of legal counsel and other advisers, the 
involvement of the U.S. Government and its agencies in such proceedings, our experience in similar matters and the experience of 
other companies, the facts available to us at the time of assessment, and how we intend to respond, or have responded, to the 
proceeding, investigation or claim. Our assessment of these factors may change over time as individual proceedings, investigations 
or claims progress. For matters where we are not currently able to reasonably estimate the range of reasonably possible loss, the 
factors that have contributed to this determination include the following: (i) the damages sought are indeterminate, or an 
investigation has not manifested itself in a filed civil or criminal complaint, (ii) the matters are in the early stages, (iii) the matters 
involve novel or unsettled legal theories or a large or uncertain number of actual or potential cases or parties, and/or (iv) discussions 
with the government or other parties in matters that may be expected ultimately to be resolved through negotiation and settlement 
have not reached the point where we believe a reasonable estimate of loss, or range of loss, can be made. In such instances, we 

72

believe that there is considerable uncertainty regarding the timing or ultimate resolution of such matters, including a possible 
eventual loss, fine, penalty or business impact, if any. 

Changes in the facts and circumstances associated with a claim could have a material impact on our results of operations and cash 
flows in the period that reserve estimates are recorded or revised. We believe our insurance coverage and reserves are sufficient to 
cover currently estimated exposures, but we cannot give any assurance that we will not incur liabilities in excess of recorded 
reserves or our present insurance coverage. Litigation and contingent liabilities are “critical accounting estimates” because changes 
in the assumptions used to develop the estimates could materially affect key financial measures, including operating income, 
EBITDA, and net income.

Tax Matters

We and each of our subsidiaries are taxed at the rates applicable within each of their respective jurisdictions. Our income tax 
expense, effective tax rate, deferred tax assets, and deferred tax liabilities will vary according to the jurisdiction in which profits 
arise. Further, certain of our subsidiaries sell products directly to our other subsidiaries or provide administrative, marketing, and 
support services to our other subsidiaries. These intercompany sales and support services involve subsidiaries operating in 
jurisdictions with differing tax rates. The tax authorities in such jurisdictions may challenge our treatment under residency criteria, 
transfer pricing provisions, or other aspects of their respective tax laws, which could affect our composite tax rate and provisions. 

We sometimes engage in transactions in which tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty. We account for these uncertain tax 
positions in accordance with applicable accounting guidance, which requires significant judgment in assessing the estimated tax 
consequences of a transaction. We evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the 
weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that, on an evaluation of the technical merits, the tax position 
will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. We measure the tax benefit as the 
largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We re-evaluate our income tax positions 
periodically to consider factors such as changes in facts or circumstances, changes in or interpretations of tax law, effectively settled 
issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in recognition of a tax benefit 
or an additional charge to the tax provision, which could have a material impact to the financial statements. 

We establish a valuation allowance when measuring deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets 
will not be realized in the foreseeable future. This process requires significant judgment as we must project the current tax liability 
and estimate the deferred tax assets and liabilities into future periods, including net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. In 
assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider recent operating results, availability of taxable income in carryback years, 
future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income projections (exclusive of reversing temporary differences), 
and all prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. 

Tax matters are “critical accounting estimates” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimates could materially 
affect key financial measures, including net income.

Share-based compensation 

We use the Black-Scholes valuation model to calculate the fair value of service-based stock options. The value is recognized as 
expense over the service period net of actual forfeitures. The expected term of options granted is estimated based on a number of 
factors, including the vesting and expiration terms of the award, historical employee exercise behavior for both options that are 
currently outstanding and options that have been exercised or are expired, the historical volatility of our common stock, and an 
employee’s average length of service. The risk-free interest rate is determined based upon a constant U.S. Treasury security rate 
with a contractual life that approximates the expected term of the option award. We estimate expected volatility based on the 
historical volatility of our stock.

We use the Monte Carlo valuation methodology to calculate the fair value of market-based restricted stock units. The value is 
recognized as expense over the requisite service period and adjusted for forfeitures as they occur. The Monte Carlo methodology 
that we use to estimate the fair value of the awards incorporates the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied. 

The fair value of performance-based restricted stock units is calculated based upon (i) the closing stock price at the date of grant and 
(ii) the number of stock units expected to vest at the conclusion of the performance period. The value is recognized as expense over 

73

the derived requisite service period beginning in the period in which the grants are deemed probable to vest. Vesting probability is 
assessed based upon forecasted financial results and requires significant judgment.

Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of employee stock awards requires estimates and 
judgments. Our share-based compensation is a “critical accounting estimate” because changes in the assumptions used to develop 
estimates of fair value or the requisite service period could materially affect key financial measures, including gross profit, operating 
income, EBITDA, and net income.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We believe that providing non-GAAP financial measures that exclude certain items provides investors with greater transparency to 
the information used by senior management in its financial and operational decision-making. We believe it is important to provide 
investors with the same non-GAAP metrics that senior management uses to supplement information regarding the performance and 
underlying trends of our business operations in order to facilitate comparisons to historical operating results and internally evaluate 
the effectiveness of our operating strategies. Disclosure of these non-GAAP financial measures also facilitates comparisons of our 
underlying operating performance with other companies in the industry that also supplement their GAAP results with non-GAAP 
financial measures.

The non-GAAP financial measures used in this Annual Report may have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered 
in isolation or as a replacement for GAAP financial measures. Some of the limitations associated with the use of these non-GAAP 
financial measures are that they exclude items that reflect an economic cost that can have a material effect on cash flows. Similarly, 
certain non-cash expenses, such as equity compensation expense, do not directly impact cash flows, but are part of total 
compensation costs accounted for under GAAP.

Constant Currency

Constant currency is a non-GAAP measure, which is calculated by using foreign currency rates from the comparable, prior-year 
period, to present net sales at comparable rates. Constant currency can be presented for numerous GAAP measures, but is most 
commonly used by management to analyze net sales without the impact of changes in foreign currency rates. 

EBITDA

EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest income (expense), net, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization (including the 
impacts of any goodwill impairment). EBITDA is the primary metric used by our Chief Operating Decision Maker in managing the 
business.

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure, which is calculated by subtracting capital expenditures from net cash from 
operating activities. Free cash flow is an important indicator of how much cash is generated or used by our normal business 
operations, including capital expenditures. Management uses free cash flow as a measure of progress on its capital efficiency and 
cash flow initiatives.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our ongoing business operations. Primary exposures include changes in interest 
rates and foreign currency fluctuations. These exposures can impact sales, cost of sales, costs of operations, and the cost of 
financing and yields on cash and short-term investments. We may use derivative financial instruments, where appropriate, to 
manage these risks. However, our risk management policy does not allow us to hedge positions we do not hold nor do we enter into 
derivative or other financial investments for trading or speculative purposes. 

We are exposed to interest rate risk in connection with our Revolving Credit Facility, which bears interest at floating rates based on 
the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR, plus an applicable borrowing margin or at a base rate (as defined in the Amended 
Credit Agreement) plus an applicable borrowing margin. Therefore, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair market 
value of the debt, but do impact future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. As we do not have any 
balance outstanding associated with the Amended Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2022, this risk is currently minimal. 

74

However, on January 3, 2023, we borrowed $30.0 million under Revolving Credit Facility for working capital purposes, including to 
fund certain merger-related expenses. Further, an additional $15.0 million was borrowed on March 3, 2023.

We believe that a concentration of credit risk related to our accounts receivable is limited because our customers are geographically 
dispersed and the end users are diversified across several industries. It is reasonably possible that changes in global economic 
conditions and/or local operating and economic conditions in the regions these customers operate, or other factors, could affect the 
future realization of these accounts receivable balances.

Our foreign currency exposure results from fluctuating currency exchange rates, primarily the U.S. Dollar against the Euro, Brazilian 
Real, Australian Dollar, Swiss Franc, or British Pound. We are subject to transactional currency exposures when our subsidiaries (or 
the Company itself) enter into transactions denominated in a currency other than their functional currency. For the year ended 
December 31, 2022, we recorded a foreign currency loss of $3.3 million on the statement of operations and comprehensive income 
(loss) resulting from gains and losses in foreign currency transactions. 

We are also subject to currency exposure from translating the results of our global operations into the U.S. Dollar at exchange rates 
that fluctuate during the period. The U.S. Dollar equivalent of international sales denominated in foreign currencies was unfavorably 
impacted during the year ended December 31, 2022, and favorably impacted during the year ended December 31, 2021, by monthly 
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations of the U.S. Dollar against all of the foreign functional currencies for our international 
operations. As we continue to distribute and manufacture our products in selected foreign countries, we expect that future sales 
and costs associated with our activities in these markets will continue to be denominated in the applicable foreign currencies, which 
could cause currency fluctuations to materially impact our operating results. An analysis was performed to determine the sensitivity 
of our current year net sales and operating income to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We determined that if the U.S. 
Dollar decreased in value by 10% relative to all foreign currencies of our international operations it would result in an increase in net 
sales of $9.0 million and an increase in operating income of $0.8 million. If the U.S. Dollar increased in value by 10% relative to all 
foreign currencies of our international operations it would result in a decrease in net sales of $9.0 million and a decrease in 
operating income of $0.8 million. 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Annual Report. 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

At the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, 
including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we performed an evaluation of the effectiveness 
of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, our President and Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, our 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as 
such term is defined in the Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those 
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as 
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding the prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

75

Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of 
directors regarding the preparation of reliable financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Because of 
the inherent limitations in any internal control, no matter how well designed, misstatements may occur and not be prevented or 
detected. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to 
financial statement preparation. Further, the evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting was made as 
of a specific date, and continued effectiveness in future periods is subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may decline.

In connection with the preparation and filing of this Annual Report, the Company’s management, including our President and Chief 
Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on the framework set forth in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by 
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Based on its evaluation, the 
Company’s management concluded that, as of December 31, 2022, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is 
effective based on the specified criteria.

Ernst & Young has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, which follows this 
report. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2022 that have 
materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

76

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Orthofix Medical Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  Orthofix  Medical  Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December 31,  2022,  based  on  criteria 
established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Orthofix Medical Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material 
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), 
the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  the  Company  as  of  December 31,  2022,  and  2021,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of 
operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes and our report dated March 6, 2023, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment 
of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal 
Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to 
the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material 
respects. 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing 
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to 
the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of 
the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being 
made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a 
material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes 
in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Dallas, Texas 
March 6, 2023

77

Item 9B.

Other Information 

On March 3, 2023, Company entered into transition agreements with each of Jon Serbousek and Douglas Rice. Mr. Serbousek 
currently serves as the Company’s Executive Chairman and, prior to the completion on January 5, 2023 of the Company’s merger 
with SeaSpine Holdings Corporation, served as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Rice is currently providing 
assistance with integration activities, after previously having served as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer prior to the merger.

Under the transition agreement with Mr. Serbousek, the parties have agreed that Mr. Serbousek will not stand for re-election as a 
director at the Company’s 2023 annual meeting of stockholders (currently anticipated to be held in June 2023), at which point his 
service as Executive Chairman and a board member will cease, and he will remain employed in a non-officer capacity until July 5, 
2023. The agreement provides that Mr. Serbousek will continue to receive his current annual base salary, and a pro-rated cash 
bonus for the 2023 calendar year equal to 105% of his annual base salary, for the portion of the 2023 calendar year he is employed. 
The agreement memorializes that as a result of the merger, Mr. Serbousek possesses “CiC Period Good Reason” under the terms of 
the change in control and severance agreement between Mr. Serbousek and the Company, and that Mr. Serbousek’s termination of 
employment on July 5, 2023 will be treated as a termination by Mr. Serbousek for “CiC Period Good Reason” under such change in 
control and severance agreement. The agreement also provides that the period for Mr. Serbousek to exercise outstanding stock 
options will be extended from 24 months to 48 months following such termination.

Under the transition agreement with Mr. Rice, the parties have agreed that Mr. Rice will continue to provide transition services as an 
employee until June 30, 2023, at which time his employment with the Company will cease. The agreement provides that in lieu of 
receiving an annual base salary and annual cash incentive program bonus opportunity for the 2023 calendar year, Mr. Rice will be 
paid a monthly fee of $65,000 through June 30, 2023. The agreement memorializes that as a result of the merger, Mr. Rice possesses 
“CiC Period Good Reason” under the terms of the change in control and severance agreement between Mr. Rice and the Company, 
and that if Mr. Rice serves through June 30, 2023, his termination of employment on such date will be treated as a termination by 
the Company without cause during a “CiC Period” under such change in control and severance agreement. The agreement also 
provides that the period for Mr. Rice to exercise outstanding stock options will be extended from 24 months to 48 months following 
such termination.

The foregoing descriptions of the transition agreements with Mr. Serbousek and Mr. Rice do not purport to be complete and are 
qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of such agreements, which are filed respectively as Exhibits 10.70 and 10.71 
hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

None. 

78

PART III 

Information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Form 10-K is omitted from this Annual Report and will be filed in a definitive 
proxy statement or by an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this 
Annual Report. 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 10 regarding executive compensation in our definitive proxy statement or 
in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in 
either case under the caption “Information About Directors,” “Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and 
others possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference. 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 11 regarding executive compensation in our definitive proxy statement or 
in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in 
either case under the caption “Executive Compensation,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this 
Item 11 by reference. 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 12 regarding ownership of our securities by certain beneficial owners and 
our directors and executive officers, as well as information with respect to our equity compensation plans, in our definitive proxy 
statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual 
Report, in either case under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Stockholders” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this 
Item 12 by reference. 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 13 regarding transactions with related parties and director independence 
in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year 
covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” and “Director 
Independence” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 13 by reference. 

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 14 regarding principal accountant fees and services in our definitive proxy 
statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual 
Report, in either case under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information 
is incorporated in this Item 14 by reference. 

79

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)

Documents filed as part of report on Form 10-K 

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

1.

Financial Statements 

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Form 10-K.  

2.

Financial Statement Schedules

No schedules are required because either the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient 
to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial 
statements or the notes thereto.

3.

Exhibits 

Exhibit
Number 

Description 

  2.1

  2.2

  3.1

  3.2

  4.1

  4.2

10.1

10.2*

10.3†

10.4†

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 10, 2022, by and among Orthofix Medical Inc., Orca Merger Sub Inc. 
and SeaSpine Holdings Corporation (filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 11, 
2022 and incorporated herein by reference).

Agreement and Plan of Merger, entered into March 15, 2018, by and among Blackstone Medical, Inc., Summit 
Development, Inc., and Spinal Kinetics, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended March 31, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

Orthofix Medical Inc. Certificate of Incorporation (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
August 1, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Orthofix Medical Inc., as amended and restated effective October  10, 2022 (filed as an 
exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 11, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Certificate (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 1, 2018 and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (filed 
as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 and incorporated 
herein by reference).

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated October 25, 2019, among Orthofix Medical Inc., Orthofix Inc., 
Orthofix Spinal Implants Inc., Orthofix International B.V., Orthofix III B.V., and certain subsidiaries of Orthofix Medical 
Inc. as guarantors,  the several banks and other financial institutions as may from time to time become parties 
thereunder as lenders, and JPMorgan Chase, N.A., as administrative agent (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on November 1, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated March 1, 2023, among Orthofix Medical 
Inc., Orthofix US LLC, Orthofix Netherlands B.V., and certain subsidiaries of Orthofix Medical Inc. as guarantors,  the 
several banks and other financial institutions as may from time to time become parties thereunder as lenders, and 
JPMorgan Chase, N.A., as administrative agent.

Amended and Restated Matrix Commercialization Collaboration Agreement, entered into as of February 7, 2022, by and 
between Orthofix US LLC and Muscoloskeletal Transplant Foundation Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the Company's Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference.

Supply Agreement between SeaSpine Orthopedics Corporation and PcoMed, LLC, dated March 1, 2021 (filed as an 
exhibit to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2021 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 
and incorporated herein by reference).

80

10.5*

10.6*

10.7*

10.8*

10.9*

Lease Agreement between AR Industrial No. 1 Ltd. and Orthofix Inc. dated February 10, 2009.

First Amendment to the Lease Agreement between AR Industrial No. 1 Ltd. and Orthofix Inc. dated April 13, 2009.

Second Amendment to the Lease Agreement between AR Industrial No. 1 Ltd. and Orthofix Inc. dated May 12, 2010.

Third Amendment to the Lease Agreement between AR Industrial No. 1 Ltd. and Orthofix Inc. dated December 21, 2017.

Fourth Amendment to the Lease Agreement between AR Industrial No. 1 Ltd. and Orthofix Inc. dated March 13, 2018.

10.10*

Fifth Amendment to the Lease Agreement between AR Industrial No. 1 Ltd. and Orthofix Inc. dated January 3, 2019.

10.11*

Standard Lease Agreement between Lake Midas LLC and Spinal Kinetics, Inc. dated April 16, 2015.

10.12*

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23*

10.24

First Amendment to the Standard Lease Agreement between Lake Midas LLC and Spinal Kinetics LLC (formerly known as 
Spinal Kinetics, Inc.) dated March 4, 2022.

Sublease Agreement between SeaSpine Orthopedics Corporation and SkinMedica, Inc., dated July 8, 2015 (filed as an 
exhibit to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 8, 2015 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated 
herein by reference).

Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease–NET between Monarch RRC Properties, LP and Isotis 
Orthobiologics, Inc., dated June 1, 2022 (filed as an exhibit to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
June 30, 2022 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by reference).

Orthofix Medical Inc. Second Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Plan, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto 
(filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Amendment No. 2 to the Orthofix Medical Inc. Second Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Plan (filed as an exhibit to 
the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 21, 2021 and incorporated by reference).

Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

Amendment No. 1 to Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to 
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 8, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference).

Amendment No. 2 to Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to 
the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 21, 2021 and incorporated by reference).

Amendment No. 3 to the Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit 
to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 7, 2022 and incorporated by reference).

Form of Employee Performance Stock Unit Agreement (2022 grant) under the Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended and 
Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Employee Performance Stock Unit Agreement (2016 – 2021 grants) under the Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended 
and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Time-Based Vesting Employee Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement (2023 grant) under the Orthofix Medical 
Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Form of Time-Based Vesting Employee Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement (2018 – 2022 grants) under the Orthofix 
Medical Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company's Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.25*

Form of Time-Based Vesting Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (2023 grant) under the Orthofix Medical 
Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

81

10.26

10.27

10.28

10.29*

10.30

10.31

10.32

10.33

10.34

10.35

10.36

10.37

10.38

10.39

10.40

10.41

10.42

Form of Time-Based Vesting Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended 
and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 
8, 2016 and incorporated here by reference).

Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 
Long-Term Incentive Plan – July 2014-June 2016 (Time-Based Vesting) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (pre-2014 grants) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).

Form on Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2023 grant) under the Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended 
and Restated 2023 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2017 - 2022 grants) under the Orthofix Medical Inc. 
Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 
7, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Time-Based Vesting Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix Medical 
Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (initial grant) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed July 8, 2016 and incorporated here by reference).

Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix Medical Inc. Amended and 
Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).

Employee Inducement Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Jon Serbousek (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form S-8 
filed on August 5, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

Employee Inducement Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Jon Serbousek (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Form S-8 filed on August 5, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

Inducement Grant Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated March 13, 2013, between Orthofix International N.V. 
and Bradley R. Mason (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 13, 2013 and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Orthofix Medical Inc. Inducement Plan for SeaSpine Employees (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Registration 
Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-269116) filed January 4, 2023 and incorporated herein by reference).

Orthofix Medical Inc. Inducement Plan for SeaSpine Employees – Stock Unit Grant Agreement (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the 
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-269116) filed January 4, 2023 and incorporated 
herein by reference).

Orthofix Medical Inc. Inducement Plan for SeaSpine Employees – Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Agreement (filed as 
Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-269116) filed January 4, 2023 
and incorporated herein by reference).

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Amended and Restated 2015 Incentive Award Plan (As Amended and Restated as of 
March 30, 2016) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form S-8 filed on January 10, 2023 and incorporated herein by 
reference).

First Amendment to the SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Amended and Restated 2015 Incentive Award Plan (filed as an 
exhibit to the Company’s Form S-8 filed on January 10, 2023 and incorporated herein by reference).

Second Amendment to the SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Amended and Restated 2015 Incentive Award Plan (filed as an 
exhibit to the Company’s Form S-8 filed on January 10, 2023 and incorporated herein by reference).

Amendment to the SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Amended and Restated 2015 Incentive Award Plan (filed as an exhibit 
to the Company’s Form S-8 filed on January 10, 2023 and incorporated herein by reference).

82

10.43

10.44

10.45

10.46

10.47

10.48

10.49

10.50

10.51

10.52

10.53

10.54

10.55

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 2015 Incentive 
Award Plan (three-month exercise period post-termination) (filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-
8 filed with the Commission on June 7, 2016 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 2015 Incentive 
Award Plan (one-year exercise period post-termination) (filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 2 to Form 10 filed with 
the Commission on June 1, 2015 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement under SeaSpine Holdings 
Corporation 2015 Incentive Award Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the 
Commission on June 7, 2016 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under SeaSpine Holdings 
Corporation 2015 Incentive Award Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2016 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under SeaSpine Holdings 
Corporation 2015 Incentive Award Plan (grants awarded after February 1, 2018) (filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under SeaSpine Holdings 
Corporation 2015 Incentive Award Plan (grants awarded after January 1, 2020) (filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 2015 Incentive 
Award Plan (grants to Senior Leadership Team Members awarded after June 6, 2018) (filed as an exhibit to the Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2018 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 2015 Incentive 
Award Plan (grants to Non-Senior Leadership Team Members awarded after June 6, 2018) (filed as an exhibit to the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2018 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated 
herein by reference).

Annual Incentive Program under SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Amended and Restated 2015 Incentive Award Plan, 
dated January 1, 2019 (filed as an exhibit to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 28, 2021 by SeaSpine 
Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by reference).

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 2018 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Form S-8 filed on January 10, 2023 and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under SeaSpine Holdings 
Corporation 2018 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2018 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 2018 Employment 
Inducement Incentive Award Plan (grants to Senior Leadership Team Members) (filed as an exhibit to the Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2018 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 2018 Employment 
Inducement Incentive Award Plan (grants to Non-Senior Leadership Team Members) (filed as an exhibit to the Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2018 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by 
reference).

10.56

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 2020 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Form S-8 filed on January 10, 2023 and incorporated herein by reference).

83

10.57

10.58

10.59

10.60

10.61

10.62

10.63

10.64

10.65

10.66

10.67

10.68

10.69

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under SeaSpine Holdings 
Corporation 2020 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 2020 Employment 
Inducement Incentive Award Plan (grants to Senior Leadership Team Members) (filed as an exhibit to the Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 2020 Employment 
Inducement Incentive Award Plan (grants to Non-Senior Leadership Team Members) (filed as an exhibit to the Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 by SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Orthofix Medical Inc. and its directors and officers (filed as an exhibit to 
the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 5, 2023 and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Orthofix Medical Inc. and its directors and officers (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-224407) filed April 
23, 2018).

Transition and Retirement Agreement, dated February 25, 2019, between Bradley R. Mason and Orthofix Medical Inc. 
(filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Change in Control and Severance Agreement, dated November 1, 2019, between Orthofix Medical Inc. and Jon 
Serbousek (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 1, 2019 and incorporated 
herein by reference).

Change in Control and Severance Agreement, dated November 1, 2019, between Orthofix Medical Inc. and Kevin Kenny 
(filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 
incorporated herein by reference). 

Amended Change in Control and Severance Agreement, dated November 1, 2016, between Orthofix International N.V. 
and Doug Rice (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 
2016 and incorporated herein by reference).

Change in Control and Severance Agreement, dated November 1, 2016, between Orthofix International N.V. and 
Kimberley Elting (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 
31, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference).

Offer Letter between the Company and Keith C. Valentine (filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 
8-K filed on January 5, 2023 and incorporated herein by reference).

Offer Letter between the Company and John J. Bostjancic (filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 
8-K filed on January 5, 2023 and incorporated herein by reference).

Offer Letter between the Company and Patrick L. Keran (filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on January 5, 2023 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.70*

Transition Agreement, dated March 3, 2023, between Orthofix Medical Inc. and Jon Serbousek.

10.71*

Transition Agreement, dated March 3, 2023, between Orthofix Medical Inc. and Doug Rice.

21.1*

23.1*

31.1*

31.2*

32.1*

List of Subsidiaries.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

84

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the interactive Data File because its XBRL 
tags are embedded within the XBRL document. 

101.SCH* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

101.CAL*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document.

101.DEF* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document.

101.LAB* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document.

101.PRE* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document.

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

* Filed with this Form 10-K. 
† Certain private or confidential portions of this exhibit that are not material were omitted by means of redacting a portion of the 
text and replacing it with a bracketed asterisk.

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

None

85

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Dated: March 6, 2023

Dated: March 6, 2023

  ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC.

  By:
  Name:  
  Title:

  By:
  Name:  
  Title:

/s/   KEITH VALENTINE
Keith Valentine
President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

/s/   JOHN BOSTJANCIC 
John Bostjancic
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name 

Title 

Date 

/s/  KEITH VALENTINE
Keith Valentine

/s/  JOHN BOSTJANCIC 
John Bostjancic

/s/ CATHERINE BURZIK  
Catherine Burzik

/s/  JON SERBOUSEK
Jon Serbousek

/s/  STUART ESSIG  
Stuart Essig

/s/  JASON HANNON 
Jason Hannon

/s/  JOHN HENNEMAN, III 
John Henneman, III

/s/  JAMES HINRICHS
James Hinrichs

/s/  SHWETA SINGH MANIAR
Shweta Singh Maniar

/s/ MICHAEL PAOLUCCI
Michael Paolucci

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 6, 2023

March 6, 2023

Lead Independent Director of the Board

March 6, 2023

Director, Executive Chairman of the Board

March 6, 2023

March 6, 2023

March 6, 2023

March 6, 2023

March 6, 2023

March 6, 2023

March 6, 2023

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

86

 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC. 
Statement of Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements 

To the Shareholders of Orthofix Medical Inc.: 

Management is responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and related information that are presented 
in this Annual Report. The consolidated financial statements, which include amounts based on management’s estimates and 
judgments, have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Other financial 
information in the report to shareholders is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements. 

The Company maintains accounting and internal control systems to provide reasonable assurance at a reasonable cost that assets 
are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, and that the financial records are reliable for preparing financial 
statements and maintaining accountability for assets. These systems are augmented by written policies, an organizational structure 
providing division of responsibilities, and careful selection and training of qualified personnel. 

The Company engaged Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accountants, to audit and render an opinion on the 
consolidated financial statements in accordance with auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). These standards include an assessment of the systems of internal controls and tests of transactions to the extent considered 
necessary by them to support their opinion. 

The Board of Directors, through its Audit Committee, consisting solely of outside directors of the Company, meets periodically with 
management and our independent registered public accountants to ensure that each is meeting its responsibilities and to discuss 
matters concerning internal controls and financial reporting. Ernst & Young LLP has full and free access to the Audit Committee. 

James Hinrichs 
Chairman of the Audit Committee 

Keith Valentine
President and Chief Executive Officer, Director 

John Bostjancic 
Chief Financial Officer 

87

ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC. 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements ................................................................................................................................. 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42) ................................................................................. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021................................................................................................ 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, 
and 2020......................................................................................................................................................................................... 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020 ......... 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020 ........................................... 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .......................................................................................................................... 

Page

F-1  
F-2  
F-4  

F-5  
F-6  
F-7  
F-8  

F-1

 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Orthofix Medical Inc. 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Orthofix Medical Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2022 
and 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders' equity and 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the 
“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of the Company at December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), 
the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control-
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and 
our report dated March 6, 2023, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to 
be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, 
whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a 
test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the 
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the 
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was 
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are 
material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The 
communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a 
whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or 
on the account or disclosure to which it relates.

F-2

   Inventory Excess and Obsolescence Reserves

Description of 
the Matter

At December 31, 2022, the Company’s inventory balance is $100.2 million, which is net of management’s 
estimate of inventory excess and obsolescence reserves. As described in Note 5 to the consolidated financial 
statements, management adjusts the value of its inventory to net realizable value to the extent it determines 
inventory cost cannot be recovered due to obsolescence or other factors. In order to make these 
determinations, management estimates future demand to determine the appropriate inventory reserves and 
to make corresponding adjustments to the carrying value of these inventories to reflect the lower of cost or 
net realizable value.

Auditing management’s estimate of the inventory excess and obsolescence reserves involved a high degree 
of subjectivity because the estimate was sensitive to changes in assumptions, including estimated product 
demand, length of product life cycles, and the period required to evaluate the level of market acceptance for 
new products. These assumptions have a significant effect on the measurement of inventory excess and 
obsolescence reserves.

How We 
Addressed the 
Matter in Our 
Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls that 
address the risks of material misstatement relating to the measurement and valuation of inventory excess and 
obsolescence reserves. For example, we tested controls over the Company’s processes to estimate the 
inventory excess and obsolescence reserves, management’s review and approval of the model used to 
estimate the inventory excess and obsolescence reserve, including the data inputs and outputs of such model 
and management’s qualitative adjustments to the model. 

To test the inventory excess and obsolescence reserve balance, we performed audit procedures that 
included, among others, evaluating the significant assumptions and qualitative adjustments described above 
and the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis. Our audit procedures included testing the 
completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the model and evaluating whether such data was 
representative of current circumstances.  We assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates 
and performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in the inventory excess 
and obsolescence reserves that would result from changes in the assumptions.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

Dallas, Texas 
March 6, 2023

F-3

ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC. 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except par value data)
Assets
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $6,419 and $4,944, respectively
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Other long-term assets
Total assets
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Current liabilities

Accounts payable
Current portion of finance lease liability
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities
Long-term portion of finance lease liability
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities
Contingencies (Note 13)
Shareholders’ equity

Common shares $0.10 par value; 50,000 shares authorized;
   20,162 and 19,837 issued and outstanding as of December 31,
   2022 and 2021, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

2022

2021

50,700
82,857
100,150
22,283
255,990
58,229
47,388
71,317
25,705
458,629

27,598
652
55,374
83,624
19,239
18,906
121,769

2,016
334,969
1,251
(1,376)
336,860
458,629

$

$

$

$

87,847
78,560
82,974
20,141
269,522
59,252
52,666
71,317
23,866
476,623

26,459
2,590
76,781
105,830
19,890
13,969
139,689

1,983
313,951
21,000
—
336,934
476,623

$

$

$

$

F-4

 
ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC. 

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020   

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except share and per share data)
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit

Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Research and development
Acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement

Operating (loss)

Interest expense, net
Other income (expense), net

(Loss) before income taxes
Income tax benefit (expense)
Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) per common share:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average number of common shares:

Basic
Diluted

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax
Unrealized gain (loss) on debt securities
Currency translation adjustment

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

Income tax benefit (expense) related to items of other comprehensive 
income (loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Comprehensive income (loss)

$

$

$

2022

2021

2020

$

460,713
123,544
337,169
228,810
79,966
49,065
(7,404)
(13,268)
(1,288)
(3,150)
(17,706)
(2,043)
(19,749) $

$

464,479
114,914
349,565
221,318
69,353
49,621
17,588
(8,315)
(1,837)
(3,343)
(13,495)
(24,884)
(38,379) $

406,562
101,889
304,673
204,434
67,948
39,056
(499)
(6,266)
(2,483)
8,381
(368)
2,885
2,517

(0.98) $
(0.98)

(1.95) $
(1.95)

0.13
0.13

20,053,548
20,053,548

19,690,593
19,690,593

19,267,920
19,391,718

395
(1,771)
(1,376)

—
(1,376)

(942)
(2,544)
(3,486)

234
(3,252)

$

(21,125) $

(41,631) $

1,881
4,872
6,753

(462)
6,291
8,808

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-5

 
ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC. 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity 
For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
At December 31, 2019
Cumulative effect adjustment from adoption
    of ASU 2016-13
Net income
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Share-based compensation expense
Common shares issued, net
At December 31, 2020
Net loss
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Share-based compensation expense
Common shares issued, net
At December 31, 2021
Net loss
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Share-based compensation expense
Common shares issued, net
At December 31, 2022

Number of
Common
Shares
Outstanding

Common
Shares

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

19,023 $

1,902 $ 271,019 $ 57,749 $

(3,039) $ 327,631

—
—
—
—
401
19,424 $
—
—
—
413
19,837 $
—
—
—
325
20,162 $

—
—
—
—
40

—
—
—
16,207
5,065

(887)
2,517
—
—
—

1,942 $ 292,291 $ 59,379 $
—
—
15,432
6,228

(38,379)
—
—
—

—
—
—
41

1,983 $ 313,951 $ 21,000 $
—
—
18,443
2,575

(19,749)
—
—
—
1,251 $

2,016 $ 334,969 $

—
—
—
33

—
—
6,291
—
—

—
(3,252)
—
—

(887)
2,517
6,291
16,207
5,105
3,252 $ 356,864
(38,379)
(3,252)
15,432
6,269
- $ 336,934
(19,749)
(1,376)
18,443
2,608
(1,376) $ 336,860

—
(1,376)
—
—

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-6

ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities

Net income (loss)

2022

2021

2020

$

(19,749)

$

(38,379)

$

2,517

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities

Depreciation and amortization
Impairment of goodwill
Amortization of operating lease assets, debt costs, and other assets
Provision for expected credit losses
Deferred income taxes
Share-based compensation expense
Interest and (gain) loss on the valuation of investment securities
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
Other

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Accounts payable
Other current liabilities
Contract liability (Note 15)
Payment of contingent consideration
Other long-term assets and liabilities

Net cash from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities

Acquisition of a business
Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment
Capital expenditures for intangible assets
Purchase of investment securities
Asset acquisitions and other investments

Net cash from investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from revolving credit facility
Repayment of revolving credit facility
Proceeds from issuance of common shares
Payments related to withholdings for share-based compensation
Payment of contingent consideration
Payments related to finance lease obligation
Payment of debt issuance costs and other financing activities

Net cash from financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash
Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at the beginning of the year
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at the end of the year

$

Components of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at the end of the year
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at the end of the year

$

$

29,019
—
3,056
2,095
314
18,443
(308)
(17,200)
2,027

(6,735)
(18,133)
(874)
2,282
627
(4,791)
—
(1,611)
(11,538)

—
(21,364)
(1,796)
—
(1,374)
(24,534)

—
—
4,337
(1,729)
—
(2,594)
(92)
(78)
(997)
(37,147)
87,847
50,700

50,700
—
50,700

$

$

$

29,599
11,756
3,496
444
24,482
15,432
(1,146)
(3,575)
1,064

(7,049)
619
(2,834)
4,253
1,013
(9,060)
(6,595)
(5,045)
18,475

—
(17,785)
(1,807)
(2,171)
(1,250)
(23,013)

—
—
8,824
(2,555)
(8,405)
(537)
(948)
(3,621)
(815)
(8,974)
96,821
87,847

87,847
—
87,847

$

$

$

30,546
—
3,730
199
10,787
16,207
116
(7,300)
(2,228)

13,283
(873)
4,526
2,532
5,975
13,851
—
(19,596)
74,272

(18,000)
(15,485)
(1,609)
(10,000)
(7,240)
(52,334)

100,000
(100,000)
7,598
(2,493)
—
(323)
(1,537)
3,245
1,235
26,418
70,403
96,821

96,291
530
96,821

 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-7

 
ORTHOFIX MEDICAL INC. 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1.

Business and basis of presentation 

Description of the Business

Orthofix Medical Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), following its recent merger with SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 
("SeaSpine"), is a leading global spine and orthopedics company with a comprehensive portfolio of biologics, innovative spinal 
hardware, bone growth therapies, specialized orthopedic solutions and a leading surgical navigation system. Its products are 
distributed in 68 countries worldwide.

The Company is headquartered in Lewisville, Texas, and has primary offices in Carlsbad, CA, with a focus on spinal product 
innovation and surgeon education, and in Verona, Italy, with an emphasis on product innovation, production, and medical education 
for Orthopedics. The combined Company’s global R&D, commercial and manufacturing footprint also includes facilities and offices in 
Irvine, CA, Toronto, Canada, Sunnyvale, CA, Wayne, PA, Olive Branch, MS, Maidenhead, UK, Munich, Germany, Paris, France and Sao 
Paulo, Brazil.

The merger with SeaSpine was completed on January 5, 2023, with SeaSpine continuing as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Orthofix 
following the transaction. For additional discussion of the merger with SeaSpine, see Note 22. Orthofix, as the corporate parent 
entity in the combined company structure, will continue to trade on NASDAQ under the symbol “OFIX.” The combined company will 
be renamed at a later date and until then will continue to be known as Orthofix Medical Inc. The financial statements of the 
Company for the period ended as of December 31, 2022, do not include the financial position or operations of SeaSpine since the 
merger occurred subsequent to the end of the reporting period.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All 
intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Information on our accounting policies and methods used 
in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements are included, where applicable, in the respective footnotes that follow.

Footnote

Business and basis of presentation
Significant accounting policies
Recently adopted accounting standards, recently issued accounting pronouncements, and recent law changes
Acquisitions
Inventories
Property, plant, and equipment
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Leases
Other current liabilities
Long-term debt
Fair value measurements and investments
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity
Revenue recognition and accounts receivable
Business segment information
Acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement
Share-based compensation
Defined contribution plans and deferred compensation
Income taxes
Earnings per share
Subsequent events

Footnote 
Reference
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

F-8

      
2.

Significant accounting policies 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) 
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure 
of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate these estimates, including those related to contractual allowances, 
allowances for expected credit losses, inventories, valuation of intangible assets, goodwill, fair value measurements, litigation and 
contingent liabilities, income taxes, and share-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience, future 
expectations, and other relevant assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form 
the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The following is a discussion of accounting policies and methods used in our consolidated financial statements that are not 
presented within other footnotes. 

Market risk

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is exposed to the impact of changes in interest rates and foreign currency 
fluctuations. The Company’s objective is to limit the impact of such movements on earnings and cash flows. In order to achieve this 
objective, the Company seeks to balance its non-U.S. Dollar denominated income and expenditures. 

The financial statements for operations outside the U.S. are generally maintained in their local currency. All foreign currency 
denominated balance sheet accounts, except shareholders’ equity, are translated to U.S. Dollars at year end exchange rates, and 
revenue and expense items are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Gains and losses resulting from 
the translation of foreign currency are recorded in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of shareholders’ 
equity. Transactional foreign currency gains and losses, including those generated from intercompany operations, are included in 
other expense, net and were a loss of $3.3 million, a loss of $4.0 million, and a gain of $3.9 million for the years ended December 31, 
2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

Financial instruments and concentration of credit risk 

Financial instruments that could subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, 
and accounts receivable. Generally, cash is held at large financial institutions and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid money 
market funds. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of customers, generally does not require collateral, and maintains 
a reserve for expected credit losses. The Company believes that a concentration of credit risk related to accounts receivable is 
limited because customers are geographically dispersed and end users are diversified.  

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

In September 2019, approximately $0.5 million (based upon foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2020) of the Company’s cash 
in Brazil was frozen upon request to satisfy a judgment related to an ongoing legal dispute with a former Brazilian distributor. In 
December 2021, the dispute was settled and the cash was disbursed to the former distributor.

Investing activities that did not result in cash receipts or cash payments during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020 
consisted of the following, which were not included within cash from investing activities in the Company’s consolidated statements 
of cash flows:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Noncash investing activities:

Intangible assets acquired in asset acquisitions
Contingent consideration recognized at acquisition date

2022

2021

2020

$

$

2,000
—

— $
—

1,575
375

F-9

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs are included within sales and marketing expense and totaled $0.5 
million, $0.5 million, and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

Research and development costs, including collaborative arrangements

Expenditures for research and development are expensed as incurred. Expenditures related to the Company’s collaborative 
arrangement with MTF Biologics (“MTF”) are expensed based on the terms of the related agreement. The Company recognized $0.0 
million, $0.8 million and $0.8 million in research and development expense for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, 
respectively. 

In October 2020, the Company and Neo Medical SA, a privately held Swiss-based company developing a new generation of products 
for spinal surgery (“Neo Medical”), entered into a co-development agreement covering the parties’ joint development of single use 
instruments for cervical spine procedures. In connection with this agreement, the Company is responsible for the payment of 
variable costs associated with the development of the specified products. Research and development expenses incurred under this 
collaborative arrangement totaled $0.5 million, $0.6 million, and less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 
2021, and 2020, respectively.

3.

Recently adopted accounting standards, recently issued accounting pronouncements, and recent law changes

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

Adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2021-10—Government Assistance (Topic 832): Disclosures by Business Entities 
about Government Assistance 

In November 2021, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2021-10, which aims to increase the transparency 
of government assistance by requiring entities to provide information about the nature of the transaction, terms and conditions 
associated with the transaction, and financial statement line items affected by the transaction. The Company voluntarily elected to 
early adopt this standard for the year ended December 31, 2021, on a prospective basis. Adoption of this standard did not have a 
significant impact to the existing disclosures made in relation to government assistance received by the Company in 2020 as part of 
the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act ("CARES Act").

Adoption of ASU 2019-12, Simplifying the accounting for income taxes

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, which reduces the complexity of accounting for income taxes by eliminating 
certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740, Income Taxes. Additionally, the ASU simplifies U.S. GAAP by amending the 
requirements related to the accounting for "hybrid" tax regimes and also adding the requirement to evaluate when a step up in the 
tax basis of goodwill should be considered part of the business combination and when it should be considered a separate 
transaction. The Company adopted this ASU effective January 1, 2021, with certain provisions applied retrospectively and other 
provisions applied prospectively. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact to the Company’s condensed consolidated 
balance sheet, statements of operations, or cash flows.

Adoption of ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments 
and Subsequent Amendments

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 (which was then further clarified in subsequent ASUs), which required that credit losses 
for certain types of financial instruments, including accounts receivable, be estimated based on expected credit losses among other 
changes. The Company adopted this ASU effective as of January 1, 2020, using a modified retrospective approach. See Note 15 for 
additional discussion of the Company’s adoption of Topic 326 and its resulting accounting policies. 

Adoption of ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, which eliminated Step 2 of the previous goodwill impairment test, which required a 
hypothetical purchase price allocation to measure goodwill impairment. Under ASU 2017-04, a goodwill impairment loss is now 
measured as the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the recorded amount of 
goodwill. The Company adopted this ASU effective January 1, 2020, on a prospective basis and followed this guidance to measure 
the goodwill impairment of $11.8 million recorded in the year ended December 31, 2021.

F-10

Adoption of ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for 
Fair Value Measurement

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, which eliminated certain disclosures, such as the amount and reasons for transfers 
between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, and added new disclosure requirements for Level 3 measurements. The 
Company adopted this ASU effective January 1, 2020, with certain provisions of the ASU applied retrospectively and other provisions 
provided prospectively. Adoption of this ASU did not impact the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet, statements of 
operations, or cash flows; however, adoption of the ASU did result in modified disclosures in Note 12.

Adoption of ASU 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for 
Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, which aligned the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a 
hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or 
obtain internal-use software. The accounting for the service element of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract was not 
affected by the amendments in this update. The Company adopted this ASU effective January 1, 2020, on a prospective basis. 
Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact to the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet, statements of 
operations, or cash flows, but is expected to impact future cloud computing arrangements. 

Adoption of ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848)

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, which provided temporary optional guidance to ease the potential financial reporting 
burden of the expected market transition away from the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate. The new guidance provided optional 
expedients and exceptions for applying U.S. GAAP to contract modifications, hedge accounting, and other transactions affected by 
reference rate reform if certain criteria are met through December 31, 2022. The Company adopted this ASU effective March 12, 
2020, the effective date of the ASU, on a prospective basis. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact to the Company’s 
condensed consolidated balance sheet, statements of operations, or cash flows.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Topic
Accounting for Contract 
Assets and Contract 
Liabilities from Contracts 
with Customers (ASU 
2021-08)

Fair Value Measurement 
of Equity Securities 
Subject to Contractual 
Sale Restrictions (ASU 
2022-03)

Recent Law Changes

Description of Guidance

Requires that an acquirer recognize and 
measure contract assets and liabilities 
acquired in a business combination in 
accordance with Topic 606, which governs 
the accounting for revenue contracts with 
customers. The guidance is to be applied 
prospectively to acquisitions occurring on or 
after the effective date, with early adoption 
permitted.
Clarifies the guidance in Topic 820, Fair Value 
Measurement, when measuring the fair 
value of an equity security subject to 
contractual restrictions that prohibit the sale 
of an equity security and introduces new 
disclosure requirements for equity securities 
subject to contractual sale restrictions. 
Certain of the provisions are to be applied 
retrospectively with other provisions applied 
prospectively.

Effective Date
January 1, 
2023

Status of Company's Evaluation

The Company is currently evaluating the 
impact this ASU may have on its 
consolidated financial statements.

January 1, 
2024

The Company is currently evaluating the 
impact this ASU may have on its 
consolidated financial statements.

COVID-19 and the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”)

In March 2020, the CARES Act entered into federal law, which was aimed at providing emergency assistance and health care for 
individuals, families, and businesses affected by the Coronavirus Disease 2019 ("COVID-19") pandemic and to provide general 
support to the U.S. economy. The CARES Act, among other things, included provisions relating to the deferment of employer side 
social security payments and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The CARES Act 
had no impact to the Company’s income tax expense/benefit reported within the consolidated statements of operations for each of 

F-11

the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The CARES Act also provided financial relief to the Company through other various 
programs, each of which are described in further detail below.

In April 2020, the Company received $13.9 million in funds from the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) Accelerated 
and Advance Payment Program. For discussion of the Company’s accounting for these funds, see Note 15.

In April 2020, the Company also automatically received $4.7 million in funds from the U.S. Department of Health and Human 
Services as part of the Provider Relief Fund. The Company recognized this in-substance grant within other income for the year ended 
December 31, 2020.

In addition, as part of the CARES Act, the Company was permitted to defer all employer social security payroll tax payments for the 
remainder of the 2020 calendar year subsequent to the CARES Act being signed into federal law, such that 50% of the taxes could be 
deferred until December 31, 2021, with the remaining 50% deferred until December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2020, the 
Company had deferred $0.6 million associated with this program, which was then voluntarily repaid, in full, in 2021.

Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021 (the “Consolidated Appropriations Act”)

On December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act entered into federal law. The Consolidated Appropriations Act did not 
have a material impact to the Company’s income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2021.

American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (“the American Rescue Plan”)

On March 11, 2021, the American Rescue Plan entered into federal law. The American Rescue Plan, among other things, included 
provisions related to the deduction of executive compensation beginning in 2027. The American Rescue Plan had no impact to the 
Company’s condensed consolidated financial statement for the year ended December 31, 2021. 

4.

Acquisitions

FITBONE Asset Purchase Agreement

In March 2020, the Company completed an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Wittenstein SE 
(“Wittenstein”), a privately-held German-based company, to acquire assets associated with the FITBONE intramedullary lengthening 
system for limb lengthening of the femur and tibia bones for $18.0 million in cash consideration. The Company also entered into a 
Contract Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (“CMSA”) with Wittenstein, which was accounted for as a finance lease. 

Distributor Acquisition

In July 2020, the Company acquired certain assets of a medical device distributor for consideration of up to $7.6 million.         

Purchase Price Allocations for Completed Acquisitions Discussed Above

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Assets acquired
Inventories
Other long-term assets
Intangible assets

Customer relationships
Developed technology
In-process research and development ("IPR&D")
Trade name
Assembled workforce
Total identifiable assets acquired
Liabilities assumed
Goodwill
Total fair value of consideration transferred

FITBONE

Assigned
Useful
Life

Distributor 
Acquisition

Assigned
Useful
Life

$

$

$

528
—

800
4,500
300
600
—
6,728
—
11,272
18,000

15 years
8 years
Indefinite
15 years
N/A

$

$

$

—
—

7,340
—
—
—
235
7,575
—
—
7,575

5 years
N/A
N/A
N/A
5 years

F-12

5.

Inventories 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value, after provision for excess, obsolete or impaired items, 
which is reviewed and updated on a periodic basis by management. For inventory procured or produced, whether internally or 
through contract manufacturing arrangements, at the Company's manufacturing facility in Italy, cost is determined on a weighted-
average basis, which approximates the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. For inventory procured or produced, whether internally or 
through contract manufacturing arrangements, at the Company's manufacturing facilities in Texas and California, standard cost, 
which approximates actual cost on the FIFO method, is used to value inventory. Standard costs are reviewed by management, at 
least annually or more often, in the event circumstances indicate a change in cost has occurred.  

Work-in-process and finished products include material, labor, and production overhead costs. Field and consignment inventory, 
which represents immediately saleable finished products inventory that is in the possession of the Company’s independent sales 
representatives or located at third-party customers, such as distributors and hospitals, is included within finished products. 
Inventory previously reported as field/consignment inventory has been reclassified to finished products to conform with current 
period presentation.

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Raw materials
Work-in-process
Finished products
Inventories

December 31,

2022

2021

$

$

17,035
19,243
63,872
100,150

$

$

9,589
15,096
58,289
82,974

The Company adjusts the value of its inventory to the extent management determines that the cost cannot be recovered due to 
obsolescence or other factors. In order to make these determinations, management uses estimates of future demand for each 
product to determine the appropriate inventory reserves and to make corresponding adjustments to the carrying value of these 
inventories to reflect the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value.

6.

Property, plant, and equipment

Property, plant, and equipment is stated at cost or estimated fair value when acquired as part of a business combination, less 
accumulated depreciation. Costs include all expenditures necessary to place the asset in service, generally including freight and sales 
and use taxes. Property, plant, and equipment includes instrumentation held by customers, which is generally used to facilitate the 
implantation of the Company’s products.

The useful lives of these assets are generally as follows:

Buildings
Plant and equipment
Instrumentation
Computer software
Furniture and fixtures

Years

25 to 33
1 to 10
3 to 4
3 to 7
4 to 8

The Company evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the 
useful lives of the assets. Depreciation of leasehold improvements is computed over the shorter of the lease term or the useful life 
of the asset. Total depreciation expense was $19.6 million, $20.2 million, and $19.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 
2021, and 2020, respectively. 

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs and minor renewals and improvements, which do not extend the lives of the respective 
assets, are expensed as incurred. All other expenditures for renewals and improvements are capitalized. The assets and related 
accumulated depreciation are adjusted for property retirements and disposals, with the resulting gain or loss included in earnings. 
Fully depreciated assets remain in the accounts until retired from service.

F-13

 
(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Cost
Buildings
Plant and equipment
Instrumentation
Computer software
Furniture and fixtures
Construction in progress
Finance lease assets
Property, plant, and equipment, gross
Accumulated depreciation
Property, plant, and equipment, net

December 31,

2022

2021

3,867
48,358
92,607
40,685
7,917
4,515
23,276
221,225
(162,996)
58,229

$

$

3,925
50,275
100,515
53,200
8,307
2,597
23,397
242,216
(182,964)
59,252

$

$

The Company capitalizes system development costs related to internal-use software during the application development stage. 
Costs related to preliminary project activities and post-implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is 
amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, which generally ranges from three to seven years.  

Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances have occurred that would 
indicate impairment. For purposes of the evaluation, the Company groups its long-lived assets with other assets and liabilities at the 
lowest level of identifiable cash flows if the asset does not generate cash flows independent of other assets and liabilities. If the 
carrying value of the asset or asset group exceeds the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual 
disposition of the asset group, the Company will write the carrying value down to fair value in the period identified.

The Company generally determines fair value of long-lived assets as the present value of estimated future cash flows. In determining 
the estimated future cash flows associated with the assets, the Company uses estimates and assumptions about future revenue 
contributions, cost structures, and remaining useful lives of the asset group. The use of alternative assumptions, including estimated 
cash flows, discount rates, and alternative estimated remaining useful lives could result in different calculations of impairment.

7.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets are recorded at cost, or when acquired as a part of a business combination, at estimated fair value, less 
accumulated amortization. These assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the assets, which the Company 
believes is materially consistent with the pattern of economic benefit provided by the assets.

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Cost

Patents
Developed technology
IPR&D
Customer relationships
License and other
Trademarks—finite lived

Accumulated amortization

Patents
Developed technology
Customer relationships
License and other
Trademarks—finite lived

Intangible assets, net

Weighted Average 
Amortization Period

December 31,

2022

2021

10.0 years
9.8 years
Indefinite
7.8 years
9.3 years
10.0 years
9.3 years

$

$

$

40,108
43,699
300
15,572
23,295
1,875
124,849

(37,506)
(17,830)
(6,938)
(14,386)
(801)
(77,461)
47,388

$

$

$

44,561
43,979
300
15,621
18,924
1,839
125,224

(41,408)
(13,409)
(4,520)
(12,528)
(693)
(72,558)
52,666

F-14

Acquired IPR&D represents the fair value assigned to acquired research and development assets that have not reached technological 
feasibility. In a business combination, the fair value assigned to acquired IPR&D is determined by estimating the remaining costs to 
develop the acquired technology into commercially viable products, estimating the resulting revenues from the projects, and 
discounting the net cash flows to present value. The revenue and cost projections used to value acquired IPR&D are, as applicable, 
reduced based on the probability of success of developing the asset. Additionally, estimated revenues consider the relevant market 
sizes and growth factors, expected trends in technology, and the nature and expected timing of new product introductions by the 
Company and its competitors. The rates utilized to discount the net cash flows to their present value are commensurate with the 
stage of development of the project and uncertainties in the economic estimates used in the projections. Any future costs to further 
develop the IPR&D subsequent to acquisition are recorded to research and development expense as incurred.

IPR&D assets are considered to be indefinite-lived assets until the completion or abandonment of the associated research and 
development efforts. During the period the assets are considered indefinite-lived, they are not amortized but tested for impairment. 
Impairment testing is performed at least annually or when a triggering event occurs that could indicate a potential impairment. If 
and when development is complete, which generally occurs when regulatory approval to market a product is obtained, the 
associated assets are reclassified to developed technology and are amortized over an assigned useful life that best reflects the 
economic benefits provided by these assets.   

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $9.4 million, $9.4 million, and $11.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 
December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively. Future amortization expense for intangible assets is estimated as follows:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter
Total finite-lived intangible assets, net
Indefinite-lived intangible assets, net
Intangible assets, net

8.

Goodwill

Amortization

9,250
8,705
7,692
6,658
6,470
8,313
47,088
300
47,388

$

$

$

The Company tests goodwill at least annually for impairment. The Company tests more frequently if indicators are present or 
changes in circumstances suggest that impairment may exist. These indicators include, among others, declines in sales, earnings or 
cash flows, or the development of a material adverse change in the business climate. The Company assesses goodwill for 
impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment.

The following table presents the net carrying value of goodwill as of December 31, 2022, and 2021, and a rollforward of such 
balances from December 31, 2021, by reportable segment:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Global Spine
Global Orthopedics
Goodwill, gross
Accumulated impairment loss
Goodwill, net of accumulated impairment losses

December 31, 
2021

Impairment

Currency 
Translation 
Adjustment

December 31, 
2022

$

$

$

71,317
11,822
83,139
(11,822)
71,317

$

$

$

— $

— $
—
— $

— $

(692)
(692) $
692

— $

71,317
11,130
82,447
(11,130)
71,317

In the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company performed a quantitative assessment of its goodwill. The Company estimated the fair 
value of each reporting unit using a weighted average of fair value derived from both an income approach and a market approach 
(all Level 3 fair value measurements). Upon estimating the fair value of each of its reporting units, the Company determined its 
Global Orthopedics reporting unit’s fair value was less than its carrying value of net assets. This resulted in recording a full 
impairment of the Global Orthopedics goodwill of $11.8 million, which was reflected within Acquisition-related amortization and 

F-15

remeasurement. This amount also represents the total of the Company’s accumulated goodwill impairment losses as of December 
31, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The assessment concluded there were no indicators of impairment for the Global Spine goodwill. 

In the fourth quarter of 2022, the Company performed a qualitative assessment for its annual goodwill impairment analysis, which 
did not result in impairment. This qualitative analysis considered all relevant factors specific to the reporting units, including 
macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, overall financial performance, and relevant entity-specific events.

9. 

Leases  

The Company determines if a contractual arrangement qualifies as a lease at inception. The Company’s leases primarily relate to 
facilities, vehicles, equipment, and certain contract manufacturing agreements. Lease assets represent the Company’s right to use 
an underlying asset for the lease term, while lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. 
Lease assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease 
term. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company’s incremental borrowing rate is used as a discount rate, 
based on the information available at the commencement date, in determining the present value of lease payments. Lease assets 
also include the impact of any prepayments made and are reduced by the impact of any lease incentives.

The Company does not recognize lease liabilities or lease assets on the balance sheet for short-term leases (leases with a lease term 
of twelve months or less as of the commencement date). Rather, any short-term lease payments are recognized as an expense on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term. The current period short-term lease expense reasonably reflects our short-term lease 
commitments.

For all classifications of leases, the Company combines lease and non-lease components to account for them as a single lease 
component. Variable lease payments are excluded from the lease liability and recognized in the period in which the obligation is 
incurred. Additionally, lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the 
Company will exercise the option.

A summary of the Company’s lease portfolio as of December 31, 2022, and 2021, is presented in the table below:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except lease term and discount 
rate)
Assets
Operating leases
Finance leases
Total lease assets
Liabilities
Current
Operating leases
Finance leases
Long-term
Operating leases
Finance leases
Total lease liabilities

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term
Operating leases
Finance leases

Weighted Average Discount Rate
Operating leases
Finance leases

Classification

Other long-term assets
Property, plant and equipment, net

Other current liabilities
Current portion of finance lease liability

Other long-term liabilities
Long-term portion of finance lease liability

December 31, 
2022

December 31, 
2021

$

$

$

$

6,788
17,360
24,148

1,638
652

5,376
19,239
26,905

$

$

$

$

3,155
18,600
21,755

1,834
2,590

1,443
19,890
25,757

4.5 years
17.6 years

3.3 years
17.0 years

4.0%
4.4%

2.6%
4.2%

F-16

 
The components of lease costs were as follows:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Finance lease costs:

Amortization of right-of-use assets
Interest on finance lease liabilities

Operating lease costs
Short-term lease costs
Variable lease costs
Total lease costs

For the Year Ended 
December 31, 2022

For the Year Ended 
December 31, 2021

For the Year Ended 
December 31, 2020

$

$

1,238
890
2,126
152
932
5,338

$

$

2,049
933
2,234
213
815
6,244

$

$

1,766
940
2,235
230
673
5,844

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease 
liabilities

Operating cash flows from operating leases
Operating cash flows from finance leases
Financing cash flows from finance leases

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations

Operating leases
Finance leases

For the Year Ended 
December 31, 2022

For the Year Ended 
December 31, 2021

For the Year Ended 
December 31, 2020

$

$

3,805
885
2,594

5,603
—

$

4,627
907
537

589
149

4,299
689
323

959
1,949

A summary of the Company’s remaining lease liabilities as of December 31, 2022, is included below:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter
Total undiscounted value of lease liabilities
Less: Interest
Present value of lease liabilities

Current portion of lease liabilities
Long-term portion of lease liabilities
Total lease liabilities

Operating
Leases

Finance
Leases

1,821
1,587
1,497
1,411
1,211
129
7,656
(642)
7,014

1,638
5,376
7,014

$

$

$

$

1,508
1,538
1,543
1,562
1,593
21,021
28,765
(8,874)
19,891

652
19,239
19,891

$

$

$

$

F-17

 
   
10. Other current liabilities 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Accrued expenses
Salaries, bonuses, commissions, and related taxes payable
Accrued distributor commissions
Accrued legal and settlement expenses
Contingent consideration liability
Short-term operating lease liability
Non-income taxes payable
Accelerated and advance payment program
Other payables
Other current liabilities

December 31,

2022

2021

9,611
18,531
10,483
3,891
1,000
1,638
6,586
—
3,634
55,374

$

$

7,151
23,552
10,787
3,794
17,200
1,834
4,655
4,791
3,017
76,781

$

$

11.

Long-term debt 

On October 25, 2019, the Company, and certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively with the Company, the “Borrowers”), 
as borrowers, and certain material subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors, entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”), as Administrative Agent, and certain 
lender parties thereto. The Amended Credit Agreement provides for a $300.0 million secured revolving credit facility (the “Facility”) 
amending and restating the $125.0 million secured revolving credit facility that previously existed with such lenders. The Credit 
Agreement has a maturity date of October 25, 2024. On March 1, 2023, the Amended Credit Agreement and the Facility were 
amended to replace London Inter-Bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR")-based pricing with Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR")-based 
pricing.

In April 2020, as a precautionary measure to increase the Company’s cash position and to preserve financial flexibility during the 
initial uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company completed a borrowing of $100.0 million under the Facility, 
which the Company then paid back in full later that year. The Company had no borrowings outstanding under the Facility at 
December 31, 2022, and 2021, respectively. However, on January 3, 2023, the Company borrowed $30.0 million under the Facility 
for working capital purposes, including to fund certain merger-related expenses. Further, an additional $15.0 million was borrowed 
on March 3, 2023.

Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement may be used for, among other things, working capital and other general 
corporate purposes of the Company and its subsidiaries (including permitted acquisitions and permitted payments of dividends and 
other distributions). The Facility is available in U.S. Dollars with up to $150.0 million of the Facility available to be borrowed in Euros 
or Pound Sterling (the “Agreed Currencies”). The Facility further permits up to $50.0 million of the Facility to be utilized for the 
issuance of letters of credit in the Agreed Currencies. The Borrowers have the ability to increase the amount of the Facility, which 
increases may take the form of increases to the revolving credit commitments or the issuance of new term A loans, by an aggregate 
amount of up to the greater of $150.0 million or an incremental amount such that the total amount of the Facility does not exceed 
350% of consolidated EBITDA of the Company (as determined for the four fiscal quarter period most recently ended for which 
financial statements are available), upon satisfaction of customary conditions precedent for such increases or incremental loans and 
receipt of additional commitments by one or more existing or new lenders. 

Borrowings under the Facility bear interest at a floating rate, which is, at the Borrowers’ option, either SOFR, plus an applicable 
margin ranging from 1.25% to 2.25% or a base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.25% to 1.25% (in each case subject to 
adjustment based on the Company’s total leverage ratio).  An unused fee ranging from 0.15% to 0.25% (subject to adjustment based 
on the Company’s total leverage ratio) is payable quarterly in arrears based on the daily amount of the undrawn portion of each 
lender’s revolving credit commitment under the Facility.  Fees are payable on outstanding letters of credit at a rate equal to the 
applicable margin for SOFR loans, plus certain customary fees payable solely to the issuer of the letter of credit.  

Certain of the Company’s existing and future material subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”) are required to guarantee the 
repayment of the Borrowers’ obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement.  The obligations of the Borrowers and each of the 
Guarantors with respect to the Amended Credit Agreement are secured by a pledge of substantially all of the personal property 

F-18

    
assets of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors, including accounts receivables, deposit accounts, intellectual property, 
investment property, inventory, equipment, and equity interests in their respective subsidiaries.    

The Amended Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on the Company’s 
ability to incur additional debt, grant or permit additional liens, make investments and acquisitions, merge or consolidate with 
others, dispose of assets, pay dividends and distributions, pay subordinated indebtedness, and enter into affiliate transactions. In 
addition, the Amended Credit Agreement contains financial covenants requiring the Company on a consolidated basis to maintain, 
as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, a total net leverage ratio of not more than 3.5 to 1.0 (which ratio can be permitted to increase 
to 4.0 to 1.0 for no more than 4 fiscal quarters following a material acquisition) and an interest coverage ratio of at least 3.0 to 1.0. 
The Amended Credit Agreement also includes events of default customary for facilities of this type and upon the occurrence of such 
events of default, subject to customary cure rights, all outstanding loans under the Facility may be accelerated and/or the lenders’ 
commitments terminated. The Company is in compliance with all required financial covenants as of December 31, 2022. 

In conjunction with obtaining the Facility, the Company paid $1.5 million in debt issuance costs and capitalized a total of $1.8 million 
associated with the Facility (inclusive of certain capitalized costs prior to the most recent amendment). These costs are being 
amortized over the life of the Facility. Capitalized debt issuance costs are included in other long-term assets, net of accumulated 
amortization. As of December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization, were $0.7 
million and $1.0 million, respectively. Debt issuance costs amortized or expensed totaled $0.4 million for each of the years ended 
December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

The Company has an unused available Italian line of credit of €5.5 million ($5.9 million and $6.3 million) at December 31, 2022, and 
2021, respectively. This unsecured line of credit provides the Company the option to borrow amounts in Italy at interest rates 
determined at the time of borrowing.

The Company paid cash related to interest of $1.4 million, $1.5 million, and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 
2021, and 2020, respectively.

12.

Fair value measurements and investments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or 
most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. 
Non-financial assets and liabilities of the Company measured at fair value include any long-lived assets that are impaired in a 
currently reported period or equity securities measured at observable prices in orderly transactions. The authoritative guidance also 
describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value: 

Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities

Level 2: observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities

Level 3: unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the reporting entity to develop its 

own assumptions

The Company’s financial instruments include cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, long-term secured debt, 
available for sale debt securities, equity securities, contingent consideration, and deferred compensation plan liabilities. The carrying 
value of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of 
these instruments. The Company’s secured revolving credit facility carries a floating rate of interest; therefore, the carrying value of 
long-term debt is considered to approximate the fair value. 

F-19

 
The Company’s available for sale debt securities, equity securities, contingent consideration, and deferred compensation plan 
liabilities are the only financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis as follows:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Assets

Neo Medical convertible loan agreement
Neo Medical preferred equity securities
Bone Biologics equity securities
Other investments

Total
Liabilities

Spinal Kinetics contingent consideration
Deferred compensation plan

Total

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Assets

Neo Medical convertible loan agreements
Neo Medical preferred equity securities
Bone Biologics equity securities
Other Investments

Total
Liabilities

Spinal Kinetics contingent consideration
Deferred compensation plan

Total

Balance
December 31,
2022

$

$

$

7,140
6,084
—
1,726
14,950

$

$

— $

(1,515)
(1,515) $

Balance
December 31,
2021

$

$

$

$

7,148
5,413
309
1,505
14,375

$

$

(17,200) $
(1,314)
(18,514) $

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

— $
—
—
—
— $

— $
—
— $

— $

6,084
—
—
6,084

$

— $

(1,515)
(1,515) $

7,140
—
—
1,726
8,866

—
—
—

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

— $
—
309
—
309

$

— $
—
— $

— $

5,413
—
—
5,413

$

7,148
—
—
1,505
7,148

— $

(1,314)
(1,314) $

(17,200)
—
(17,200)

The fair value of the Company’s deferred compensation plan liabilities are determined based on inputs that are readily available in 
public markets or that can be derived from information available in publicly quoted markets; therefore, the Company has 
categorized this liability as a Level 2 financial instrument.

Neo Medical Convertible Loan Agreements and Equity Investment

On October 1, 2020, the Company purchased shares of Neo Medical’s preferred stock for consideration of $5.0 million and entered 
into a Convertible Loan Agreement pursuant to which Orthofix loaned Neo Medical CHF 4.6 million, or $5.0 million at the date of 
issuance (the “Convertible Loan”). The loan bears interest at 8.0%, with interest due semi-annually. At each interest payment date, 
the borrower may elect to capitalize any interest due to the then outstanding principal balance of the loan. The Convertible Loan 
matures on October 1, 2024. If a change in control of Neo Medical occurs prior to the maturity date, the Convertible Loan shall 
become immediately due upon such event. The Convertible Loan may be convertible by either party into shares of Neo Medical’s 
preferred stock. The Company may convert the loan at its own election at any time prior to the full repayment or settlement of the 
Convertible Loan. Neo Medical may elect to convert the loan only in the event of a qualified financing event, as defined within the 
agreement. The price per share at which the loan converts is dependent upon i) the party electing conversion and ii) Neo Medical’s 
price per share in its most recent fundraising activities at the time of conversion, as specified within the agreement.

In October 2021, the Company entered into an additional Convertible Loan Agreement (the “Additional Convertible Loan”), pursuant 
to which the Company loaned Neo Medical an additional CHF 0.6 million ($0.7 million as of the issuance date). In January 2022, the 
Company elected to convert the Additional Convertible Loan into shares of Neo Medical’s preferred stock. 

The equity securities are recorded in other long-term assets and are considered an investment that does not have a readily 
determinable fair value. As such, the Company measures this investment at cost, less any impairment, plus or minus changes 
resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer. 

The table below presents a reconciliation of the carrying value of the Company’s investment in Neo Medical preferred equity 
securities for the years ended December 31, 2022, and 2021:

F-20

 
(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Fair value of Neo Medical preferred equity securities at January 1

Conversion of loan into preferred equity securities
Foreign currency remeasurement recognized in other income, net
Unrealized gain recognized in other income (expense), net

Fair value of Neo Medical preferred equity securities at December 31
Cumulative unrealized gain on Neo Medical preferred equity securities

$

2022

2021

$

5,413
671
—
—
6,084
413

5,000
—
77
336
5,413
413

The remaining Convertible Loan is recorded in other long-term assets as an available for sale debt security as of December 31, 2022. 
The Convertible Loan is recorded at fair value, with applicable interest recorded in interest income. The fair value of the Convertible 
Loan is based upon significant unobservable inputs, including the use of option-pricing models, Monte Carlo simulations for certain 
periods, and a probability-weighted discounted cash flows model, requiring the Company to develop its own assumptions. 
Therefore, the Company has categorized this asset as a Level 3 financial asset. 

Some of the more significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Convertible Loan include applicable 
discount rates, implied volatility, the likelihood and projected timing of repayment or conversion, and projected cash flows in 
support of the estimated enterprise value of Neo Medical. Holding other inputs constant, changes in these assumptions could result 
in a significant change in the fair value of the Convertible Loan. If the amortized cost of the Convertible Loan exceeds its estimated 
fair value, the security is deemed to be impaired, and must be evaluated for the recognition of credit losses. Impairment resulting 
from credit losses is recognized within the statement of income, while impairment resulting from other factors is recognized within 
other comprehensive income (loss). As of December 31, 2022, the Company has not recognized any credit losses related to the 
Convertible Loan.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the Convertible Loan(s), measured at fair value 
using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Fair value of Neo Medical Convertible Loans at January 1

Additions
Interest recognized in interest income, net
Foreign currency remeasurement recognized in other income (expense), net
Unrealized gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)
Conversion of Additional Convertible Loan into preferred equity securities

Fair value of Neo Medical Convertible Loan(s) at December 31
Amortized cost basis of Neo Medical Convertible Loan(s) at December 31

$

2022

2021

$

7,148
—
436
(67)
294
(671)
7,140
5,907

7,160
671
421
(162)
(942)
—
7,148
6,209

The following table provides quantitative information related to certain key assumptions utilized within the valuation of the 
Convertible Loan as of December 31, 2022:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Neo Medical Convertible Loan

Fair Value as of 
December 31, 2022

$

7,140

Unobservable inputs
Cost of equity discount rate
Implied volatility

Estimate

18.0%
73.9%

F-21

 
Bone Biologics Equity Securities

Until August of 2022, the Company held an investment in common stock of Bone Biologics Inc. (“Bone Biologics”), a developer of 
orthobiologic products. Prior to 2021, the equity securities were considered an investment that did not have a readily determinable 
fair value as Bone Biologics had very limited trading volumes. As such, the Company measured the investments at cost, less any 
impairments, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for an identical or similar 
investment of the same issuer.

In 2021, Bone Biologics completed a public offering of units, with each unit consisting of one share of common stock and one 
warrant to purchase common shares. As a result, Bone Biologics’ common stock became actively traded on the NASDAQ (ticker 
BBLG). The Company concluded the investment represented a Level 1 fair value measurement subsequent to the public offering as 
the common shares subsequently had quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. As such, the Company recorded the 
investment at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded within other income (expense), net, subsequent to the public offering.  

The following table presents the changes in fair value recognized for each of the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Bone Biologics equity securities at January 1

Fair value adjustments and impairments recognized in other income 
(expense), net
Proceeds from the disposition of equity securities

Bone Biologics equity securities at December 31

$

$

2022

2021

2020

309

$

— $

(183)
(126)

— $

309
—
309

219

(219)
—
—

Other investments

Other investments represent other assets and investments recorded at fair value that are not deemed to be material for disclosure 
on an individual basis. The fair value of these assets is based upon significant unobservable inputs, such as probability-weighted 
discounted cash flows models, requiring the Company to develop its own assumptions. Therefore, the Company has categorized 
these assets as Level 3 financial assets. As of December 31, 2022, this balance was classified within other current assets, while as of 
December 31, 2021, this balance was classified within other long-term assets. 

Contingent Consideration 

The Company recognized a contingent consideration obligation in connection with the acquisition of Spinal Kinetics in 2018. The 
Spinal Kinetics contingent consideration consists of potential future milestone payments of up to $60.0 million in cash. The 
milestone payments included (i) $15.0 million upon U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) approval of the M6-C artificial 
cervical disc (the “FDA Milestone”) and (ii) revenue-based milestone payments of up to $45.0 million in connection with future sales 
of the acquired artificial discs.  To trigger applicable payments, milestones must be achieved by April 30, 2023. The FDA Milestone 
was achieved and paid in 2019. A second milestone payment, totaling $15.0 million, was achieved and paid in 2021 upon meeting 
certain net sales targets.

The estimated fair value of the remaining Spinal Kinetics contingent consideration, attributable to a revenue-based milestone, was 
concluded to be zero as of December 31, 2022, as the Company does not expect to achieve the milestone by April 30, 2023. The 
estimated fair value reflects assumptions made by management as of December 31, 2022, such as the expected timing and volume 
of elective procedures and the impact of these procedures on future revenues. Any changes in fair value are recorded as an 
operating expense within acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement. 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the contingent consideration measured at fair 
value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3): 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Spinal Kinetics contingent consideration at January 1

Decrease in fair value recognized in acquisition-related amortization and 
remeasurement
Payment made

Spinal Kinetics contingent consideration at December 31

2022

2021

$

17,200

$

35,400

(17,200)
—
— $

(3,200)
(15,000)
17,200

F-22

13.

Commitments and Contingencies 

Contingencies policy

The Company records accruals for certain outstanding legal proceedings, investigations, or claims when it is probable that a liability 
has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company evaluates developments in legal 
proceedings, investigations, and claims that could affect the amount of any accrual, as well as any developments that would make a 
loss contingency both probable and reasonably estimable on a quarterly basis. When a loss contingency is not both probable and 
reasonably estimable, the Company does not accrue the loss. However, if the loss (or an additional loss in excess of the accrual) is at 
least a reasonable possibility and material, then the Company discloses a reasonable estimate of the possible loss or range of loss, if 
such reasonable estimate can be made. If the Company cannot make a reasonable estimate of the possible loss, or range of loss, 
then that is disclosed. In addition, legal fees and other directly related costs are expensed as incurred.

In addition to the matters described in the paragraphs below, in the normal course of its business, the Company is involved in 
various lawsuits from time to time and may be subject to certain other contingencies. The Company believes any losses related to 
these matters are individually and collectively immaterial as to a possible loss and range of loss. 

Italian Medical Device Payback (“IMDP”)

In 2015, the Italian Parliament introduced rules for entities that supply goods and services to the Italian National Healthcare System. 
A key provision of the law is a ‘payback’ measure, requiring medical device companies in Italy to make payments to the Italian 
government if medical device expenditures exceed regional maximum ceilings. Companies are required to make payments equal to 
a percentage of expenditures exceeding maximum regional caps. 

In the third quarter of 2022, the Italian Ministry of Health provided guidelines to the Italian regions and provinces on seeking 
payback of expenditure overruns relating to the years ended December 31, 2015, through December 31, 2018. Since receiving the 
guidelines, several regions and provinces have requested payment from affected medical device companies, including the Company. 
The Company has taken legal action to dispute the legality of such measures. 

The Company accounts for the estimated cost of the IMDP as sales and marketing expense and periodically reassesses the liability 
based upon current facts and circumstances. As a result, the Company recorded expense of $1.2 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2022, a benefit of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, as a result of certain temporary relief provided 
by the Italian National Healthcare System in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and expense of $1.5 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2022, the Company has accrued $5.9 million related to the IMDP, which it has classified 
within other long-term liabilities; however, the actual liability could be higher or lower than the amount accrued once all legal 
proceedings are resolved and upon further clarification of the IMDP by the Italian authorities for more recent fiscal years.

14.

Shareholders’ equity

Dividends

The Company has not historically paid dividends to holders of its common stock. Certain subsidiaries of the Company have 
restrictions on their ability to pay dividends in certain circumstances pursuant to the Amended Credit Agreement. In the event that 
the Company decides to pay a dividend to holders of its common stock in the future with dividends received from its subsidiaries, 
the Company may, based on prevailing rates of taxation, be required to pay additional withholding and income tax on such amounts 
received from its subsidiaries.

F-23

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains 
(losses) on available for sale debt securities. The Company’s policy is to release income tax effects related to items recognized within 
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) using a portfolio approach. The components of and changes in accumulated other 
comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2019
Other comprehensive income
Income taxes
Balance at December 31, 2020
Other comprehensive loss
Income taxes
Balance at December 31, 2021
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Income taxes
Balance at December 31, 2022

Currency
Translation
Adjustments

Neo Medical 
Convertible 
Loans

Other 
Investments

Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

$

$

$

$

(3,039) $
4,872
—
1,833
(2,544)
—
(711) $

$

(1,771)
—
(2,482) $

— $

1,881
(462)
1,419
(942)
234
711
294
—
1,005

$

$

$

— $
—
—
— $
—
—
— $

101
—
101

$

(3,039)
6,753
(462)
3,252
(3,486)
234
—
(1,376)
—
(1,376)

15.

Revenue recognition and accounts receivable

Revenue Recognition

The Company accounts for a contract when there is (i) approval and commitment from both parties, (ii) the rights of the parties are 
identified, (iii) payment terms are identified, (iv) the contract has commercial substance, (v) and collectability of consideration is 
probable. The Company’s contracts may contain one or more performance obligations. If a contract contains more than one 
performance obligation, the Company allocates the total transaction price to each of the performance obligations based upon the 
observable standalone selling price of the promised goods or services underlying each performance obligation. The Company 
recognizes revenue when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the customer, which typically occurs at a point 
in time upon shipment, delivery, or utilization, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the Company expects to be 
entitled to in exchange for the promised goods or services. The consideration for goods or services reflects any fixed amount stated 
per the contract and estimates for any variable consideration, such as discounts, to the extent that is it probable that a significant 
reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is 
resolved.

The following sections discuss the Company’s revenue recognition policies by significant product category:

Bone Growth Therapies

Bone Growth Therapies revenue is largely attributable to the U.S. and is comprised of third-party payor transactions and wholesale 
revenue. 

The largest portion of Bone Growth Therapies revenue is derived from third-party payors. This includes commercial insurance 
carriers, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, and governmental payors, such as Medicare. Revenue 
is recognized when the product is fitted to and accepted by the patient and all applicable documents required by the third-party 
payor have been obtained. Amounts paid by third-party payors are generally based on fixed or allowable reimbursement rates. 
These revenues are recorded at the expected or preauthorized reimbursement rates, net of any contractual allowances or 
adjustments. Certain billings are subject to review by the third-party payors and may be subject to adjustment. 

Wholesale revenue is related to the sale of the Company’s bone growth stimulators directly to durable medical equipment suppliers. 
Wholesale revenues are typically recognized upon shipment and receipt of a confirming purchase order, which is when the customer 
obtains control of the promised goods.

F-24

Biologics

Biologics revenue is largely attributable to the U.S. and is primarily related to a collaborative arrangement with MTF, which extends 
through December 31, 2032. Under this arrangement, the Company markets tissue for bone repair and reconstruction under the 
brand names Trinity Evolution and Trinity ELITE. Per the terms of the agreement, MTF sources the tissue, processes it to create the 
allografts, packages, and delivers the tissue to the customer. The Company has exclusive global marketing rights for the Virtuos 
Lyograft and Trinity ELITE tissue forms, exclusive rights to market FiberFuse Advanced, FiberFuse Strip, and certain other tissues in 
the U.S., non-exclusive marketing rights for certain other products, and receives marketing fees from MTF based on total sales. MTF 
is considered the primary obligor in these arrangements; therefore, the Company recognizes marketing service fees on a net basis 
within net sales upon shipment of the product to the customer and receipt of a confirming purchase order.

Spinal Implants and Global Orthopedics

Spinal Implants and Global Orthopedics products are distributed world-wide, with U.S. sales largely comprised of commercial sales 
and international sales derived from both commercial sales and stocking distributor arrangements. 

Commercial revenue is largely related to the sale of the Company’s Spinal Implants and Global Orthopedics products to hospital 
customers. The customer obtains control and revenues are recognized when these products have been utilized and a confirming 
purchase order has been received from the hospital. 

Other revenues within the Spinal Implants and Global Orthopedics product categories are derived from stocking distributors, who 
purchase the Company’s products and then re-sell them directly to customers, such as hospitals. For stocking distributor 
arrangements, it is the Company’s policy to recognize revenue upon shipment and receipt of a confirming purchase order, which is 
when the distributor obtains control of the promised goods. The transaction price for revenue recognition is estimated based upon 
the Company’s historical collection experience with the stocking distributor. 

Product Sales and Marketing Service Fees

The table below presents net sales, which includes product sales and marketing service fees, for each of the years ended 
December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020.

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Product sales
Marketing service fees
Net sales

For the year ended December 31,
2021

2022

2020

$

$

405,437
55,276
460,713

$

$

409,554
54,925
464,479

$

$

353,087
53,475
406,562

Product sales primarily consists of the sale of Bone Growth Therapies, Spinal Implants, and Global Orthopedics products. Marketing 
service fees are received from MTF based on total sales of biologics tissues and relates solely to the Biologics product category 
within the Global Spine reporting segment. Marketing service fees received from MTF were $55.3 million, or approximately 98% of 
total Biologics revenues, for the year ended December 31, 2022. As MTF is the single supplier for certain allografts in the Company’s 
Biologics portfolio, derived from deceased donors for their bone grafts and living donors for their amnion grafts, any event or 
circumstance that would impact MTF’s continued access to donors or the Company’s ability to market these tissues may adversely 
impact the Company’s financial results.

Revenues exclude any value added or other local taxes, intercompany sales, and trade discounts. Shipping and handling costs for 
products shipped to customers are included in cost of sales, and were $4.2 million, $3.5 million, and $2.4 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

Accounts receivable and related allowances

Payment terms vary by the type and location of the Company’s customers and the products or services offered. The term between 
invoicing and when payment is due is not significant. 

The Company’s allowance for expected credit losses represents the portion of the receivable’s amortized cost basis that an entity 
does not expect to collect over the receivable’s contractual life, considering past events, current conditions, and reasonable and 
supportable forecasts of future economic conditions.

F-25

The process for estimating the ultimate collection of accounts receivable involves certain assumptions and judgments. The 
determination of the contractual life of accounts receivable, the aging of outstanding receivables, as well as the historical 
collections, write-offs, and payor reimbursement experience over the estimated contractual lives of such receivables, are integral 
parts of the estimation process related to reserves for expected credit losses and the establishment of contractual allowances. 
Accounts receivable are analyzed on a quarterly basis to assess the adequacy of both reserves for expected credit losses and 
contractual allowances. Revisions in allowances for expected credit loss estimates are recorded as an adjustment to bad debt 
expense within sales and marketing expenses. Revisions to contractual allowances are recorded as an adjustment to net sales. These 
estimates are periodically tested against actual collection experience. In addition, the Company analyzes its receivables by 
geography and by customer type, where appropriate, in developing estimates for expected credit losses.

The following table provides a detail of changes in the Company’s allowance for expected credit losses for the years ended 
December 31, 2022, and 2021:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Allowance for expected credit losses beginning balance
Current period provision for expected credit losses
Write-offs charged against the allowance and other
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

Allowance for expected credit losses ending balance

For the year ended December 31,

2022

2021

$

$

4,944
2,095
(450)
(170)
6,419

$

$

4,848
444
(126)
(222)
4,944

The Company will generally sell receivables from certain Italian public hospitals each year to accelerate cash collections. During 
2022, 2021, and 2020, the Company sold €9.2 million, €8.4 million, and €8.3 million ($9.6 million, $9.9 million, and $9.6 million) of 
receivables, respectively. The related fees for 2022, 2021, and 2020, were $0.3 million, $0.2 million, and $0.3 million, respectively, 
which were recorded as interest expense. Accounts receivables sold without recourse are removed from the balance sheet at the 
time of sale. 

Contract Liabilities

The Company’s contract liabilities largely relate to a prepayment of $13.9 million received in 2020 from the CMS as part of the 
Accelerated and Advance Payment Program of the CARES Act.

On October 1, 2020, the President of the United States signed the “Continuing Appropriations Act, 2021 and Other Extensions Act,” 
which relaxed a number of the Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program’s recoupment terms for providers and 
suppliers that received funds from the program. In April 2021, Medicare began to recoup 25% of Medicare payments otherwise 
owed to the provider or supplier for submitted claims. Recoupment then increased to 50% of Medicare payments in March 2022. 
Thus, during these time periods, rather than receiving the full amount of payment for newly submitted claims, the Company’s 
outstanding balance under the Accelerated and Advance Payment Program was reduced by the recoupment amount until the full 
balance had been repaid. 

The following table provides a detail of changes in the Company’s contract liability associated with the Accelerated and Advanced 
Payment Program for the years ended December 31, 2022, and 2021:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Contract liability beginning balance

Recoupment recognized in net sales

Contract liability ending balance

Other Contract Assets

For the Year Ended December 31,

2022

2021

$

$

4,791
(4,791)

$

— $

13,851
(9,060)
4,791

The Company’s contract assets, excluding accounts receivable (“Other Contract Assets”), largely consist of payments made to certain 
distributors to obtain contracts, gain access to customers in certain territories, and to provide the benefit of the exclusive 
distribution of the Company’s products. Other Contract Assets are included in other long-term assets and totaled $1.1 million and 
$1.4 million as of December 31, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

F-26

Other Contract Assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related contract. No impairments were incurred for 
other contract assets in 2022 or 2021. Further, the Company applies the practical expedient to expense sales commissions when 
incurred, as the applicable amortization period would be for one year or less.

16.

Business segment information

As of December 31, 2022, the Company's operations were managed through two reporting segments: Global Spine and Global 
Orthopedics. These reporting segments represent the operating segments for which the Chief Executive Officer, who is also Chief 
Operating Decision Maker (the “CODM”), reviews financial information and makes resource allocation decisions among businesses. 
As of December 31, 2022, the primary metric used by the CODM in managing the Company is earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”). The Company neither discretely allocates assets, other than goodwill, to its operating 
segments nor evaluates the operating segments using discrete asset information. 

Following the merger with SeaSpine, which was completed on January 5, 2023, the Company expects to reassess its reporting 
segments in the first quarter of 2023 based on how the operations of the newly combined company will be managed The Company 
will also reassess its identified segment profitability metric at that time. Accordingly, the reporting segment information below has 
been prepared based on the Company's two historical reporting segments, which were utilized in managing operations for the year 
ended December 31, 2022. 

Global Spine

The Global Spine reporting segment offers three primary product categories: Bone Growth Therapies, Spinal Implants, and Biologics.

The Bone Growth Therapies product category manufactures, distributes, and provides support services of market leading bone 
growth stimulator devices that enhance bone fusion. These Class III medical devices are indicated as an adjunctive, noninvasive 
treatment to improve fusion success rates in the cervical and lumbar spine as well as a therapeutic treatment for non-spine fractures 
that have not healed (non-unions). This product category uses distributors and sales representatives to sell its devices to hospitals, 
healthcare providers, and patients, primarily in the U.S.

The Spinal Implants product category designs, develops, and markets a broad portfolio of motion preservation and fixation implant 
products used in surgical procedures of the spine. Spinal Implants distributes its products through a global network of distributors 
and sales representatives to sell spine products to hospitals and healthcare providers. 

The Biologics product category provides a portfolio of regenerative products and tissue forms that allow physicians to successfully 
treat a variety of spinal and orthopedic conditions. This product category specializes in the marketing of the Company’s  
regeneration tissue forms and distributes its tissues to hospitals and healthcare providers, primarily in the U.S., through a network of 
independent distributors and sales representatives. The partnership with MTF allows the Company to exclusively market the Virtuos 
Lyograph, Trinity Evolution, FiberFuse Advanced, FiberFuse Strip, and certain other tissue forms for musculoskeletal defects to 
enhance bony fusion. 

Global Orthopedics

The Global Orthopedics reporting segment offers products and solutions that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of 
orthopedic conditions unrelated to the spine. This reporting segment specializes in the design, development, and marketing of the 
Company’s orthopedic products used in fracture repair, deformity correction, and bone reconstruction procedures. Global 
Orthopedics distributes its products through a global network of distributors and sales representatives to sell orthopedic products to 
hospitals, and healthcare providers.

Corporate 

Corporate activities are comprised of the operating expenses and activities of the Company not necessarily identifiable within the 
two reporting segments. 

The table below presents net sales by major product category by reporting segment: 

F-27

 
(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Bone Growth Therapies
Spinal Implants
Biologics
Global Spine
Global Orthopedics
Net sales

2022

Net Sales
$ 187,247
109,546
56,381
353,174
107,539
$ 460,713

Year Ended December 31,
2021

Percent of
Total Net
Sales

Net Sales

Percent of
Total Net
Sales

2020

Percent of
Total Net
Sales

Net Sales

40.7% $ 187,448
23.8% 115,094
56,421
12.2%
76.7% 358,963
23.3% 105,516
100.0% $ 464,479

40.4% $ 171,396
24.8%
94,857
55,482
12.1%
77.3% 321,735
84,827
22.7%
100.0% $ 406,562

42.2%
23.3%
13.6%
79.1%
20.9%
100.0%

The following table presents EBITDA, the primary metric used in managing the Company, by reporting segment: 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

Global Spine
Global Orthopedics
Corporate
Total EBITDA
Depreciation and amortization
Goodwill impairment
Interest expense, net
Loss before income taxes

2022

Year Ended December 31,
2021

2020

$

$

60,649
(4,037)
(44,011)
12,601
(29,019)
—
(1,288)
(17,706)

$

$

58,014
3,374
(31,691)
29,697
(29,599)
(11,756)
(1,837)
(13,495)

The following table presents depreciation and amortization by reporting segment: 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Global Spine
Global Orthopedics
Corporate
Total

Geographical information 

The following data includes net sales by geographic destination:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
U.S.
Italy
Germany
United Kingdom
France
Brazil
Others
Net sales

2022

Year Ended December 31,
2021

18,213
6,696
4,110
29,019

$

$

17,548
8,233
3,818
29,599

2022

Year Ended December 31,
2021

358,843
19,098
11,569
10,171
10,377
5,668
44,987
460,713

$

$

361,945
20,187
13,716
10,552
10,475
5,108
42,496
464,479

$

$

$

$

F-28

$

$

$

$

$

$

63,036
(4,993)
(25,382)
32,661
(30,546)
—
(2,483)
(368)

2020

18,362
7,896
4,288
30,546

2020

327,280
18,733
11,940
7,147
8,354
2,347
30,761
406,562

  
 
The table below presents net sales by geographic destination for each reporting segment and for the consolidated Company:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Global Spine
U.S.
International
Total Global Spine

Global Orthopedics
U.S.
International
Total Global Orthopedics

Consolidated
U.S.
International
Net sales

2022

Year Ended December 31,
2021

2020

$

$

$

$

332,846
20,328
353,174

$

337,455
21,508
358,963

25,997
81,542
107,539

24,490
81,026
105,516

358,843
101,870
460,713

$

361,945
102,534
464,479

$

304,595
17,140
321,735

22,685
62,142
84,827

327,280
79,282
406,562

45,090
9,412
2,544
1,193
91
922
59,252

The following data includes property, plant, and equipment by geographic area:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
U.S.
Italy
Germany
United Kingdom
Brazil
Others
Total

2022

2021

$

$

44,802
8,535
3,115
1,149
85
543
58,229

$

$

17. Acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement 

Acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement consists of (i) amortization related to intangible assets acquired through 
business combinations or asset acquisitions, (ii) the remeasurement of any related contingent consideration arrangement, (iii) 
recognized costs associated with acquired IPR&D assets, which are recognized immediately upon acquisition, and (iv) impairments of 
goodwill related to previously recognized business combinations. Components of acquisition-related amortization and 
remeasurement for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively, are as follows:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration
Amortization of acquired intangibles
Acquired IPR&D
Impairment of Global Orthopedics goodwill
Total

CGBio Co. Ltd. License and Distribution Agreement

2022

Year Ended December 31,
2021

2020

$

$

(17,200)
8,196
1,600
—
(7,404)

$

$

(3,575) $
7,907
1,500
11,756
17,588

$

(7,300)
6,801
—
—
(499)

On July 30, 2022, the Company entered into an exclusive License and Distribution Agreement (the "License Agreement") with CGBio 
Co., Ltd. (“CGBio”), a developer of innovative, synthetic bone grafts. The Agreement grants the Company the exclusive right to 
conduct pre-clinical and clinical studies, commercialize, promote, market, and sell the Novosis recombinant human bone 
morphogenetic protein-2 (rhBMP-2) bone growth materials and other future tissue regenerative solutions in the U.S. and Canada. As 
consideration, the Company agreed to pay CGBio an upfront payment of $1.4 million with additional payments contingent upon the 
achievement of specified development milestones. The Company accounted for this transaction as an asset acquisition. As the 

F-29

  
 
  
transaction was classified as an asset acquisition, the value of the consideration associated with the contingent milestones will be 
recognized at the time that applicable contingencies are resolved and consideration is paid or becomes payable. The $1.4 million 
upfront payment was paid in the third quarter of 2022 and was recognized as acquired IPR&D costs, which was then immediately 
expensed.

Legion Innovations, LLC Asset Acquisition

On December 29, 2022, the Company entered into a technology assignment and royalty agreement with Legion Innovations, LLC, a 
U.S.-based medical device technology company, whereby the Company acquired intellectual property rights to certain assets. As 
consideration, the Company agreed to pay $0.2 million in January 2023, with additional payments contingent upon reaching future 
commercialization and revenue-based milestones. The Company accounted for this transaction as an asset acquisition. As the 
transaction was classified as an asset acquisition, the value of the consideration associated with the contingent milestones will be 
recognized at the time that applicable contingencies are resolved and consideration is paid or becomes payable. The $0.2 million 
initial payment was accrued as of December 31, 2022, and was recognized as acquired IPR&D costs, which was then immediately 
expensed.

IGEA S.p.A Asset Acquisition

In April 2021, the Company entered into an Exclusive License and Distribution Agreement (the “License Agreement”) with IGEA S.p.A 
(“IGEA”), an Italian manufacturer and distributor of bone and cartilage stimulation systems. As consideration for the License 
Agreement, the Company agreed to pay up to $4.0 million, with certain payments contingent upon reaching an FDA milestone. Of 
this amount, $0.5 million was paid in 2021, which was recognized as acquired IPR&D costs within acquisition-related amortization 
and remeasurement. The Company accounted for this transaction as an asset acquisition. As the transaction was classified as an 
asset acquisition, the value of the consideration associated with the contingent milestones will be recognized at the time that 
applicable contingencies are resolved and consideration is paid or becomes payable.  The License Agreement also includes certain 
minimum purchase requirements.

In May 2022, the Company achieved FDA approval pertaining to the acquired technology, triggering a contingent consideration 
milestone obligation of $3.5 million. Of this amount, $1.5 million was paid in 2022, $1.0 million was accrued within other current 
liabilities, and $1.0 million was accrued within other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2022.  

Related Party Asset Acquisition

In February 2021, the Company entered into a technology assignment and royalty agreement with a medical device technology 
company partially owned and controlled by the wife of our Executive Chairman, and former President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Jon Serbousek, whereby the Company acquired the intellectual property rights to certain assets for consideration of up to $10.0 
million. 

Consideration was comprised of $1.0 million due at signing, which was recognized immediately as acquired IPR&D expense within 
acquisition-related amortization and remeasurement, and $9.0 million in contingent consideration. The contingent consideration is 
dependent upon multiple milestones, such as receipt of 510(k) clearance and the attainment of certain net sales targets. The 
Company accounted for this transaction as an asset acquisition. As the transaction was classified as an asset acquisition, the value of 
the consideration associated with the contingent milestones will be recognized at the time that applicable contingencies are 
resolved and consideration is paid or becomes payable. In addition, the Company is obligated to pay a royalty of 2% to 4% on net 
sales, commencing upon commercialization of the assets. 

The transaction was approved by the Company’s Audit and Finance Committee, with the Audit and Finance Committee directly 
supervising the negotiations of the transaction. Mr. Serbousek was excluded from such discussions and did not participate in the 
negotiation or evaluation of the transaction. Mr. Serbousek also continues to be excluded from the oversight of the Company’s 
development and commercialization activities in relation to the acquired technology and all other matters relating to the 
relationship between the Company and the counterparty

F-30

18.

Share-based compensation

At December 31, 2022, and 2021, the Company had stock option and award plans, and a stock purchase plan.

2012 Long Term Incentive Plan

The Board of Directors adopted the Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2012 LTIP”) on April 23, 2018, 
which was subsequently approved by shareholder ratification. The 2012 LTIP provides for the grant of options to purchase shares of 
the Company’s common stock, stock awards (including restricted stock, unrestricted stock, and stock units), stock appreciation 
rights, performance-based awards and other equity-based awards. All of the Company’s employees and the employees of the 
Company’s subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible and may receive awards under the 2012 LTIP. In addition, the Company’s non-
employee directors, consultants, and advisors who perform services for the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates may receive 
awards under the 2012 LTIP. Awards granted under the 2012 LTIP expire no later than ten years after the date of grant. At December 
31, 2022, the Company reserves a total of 8,375,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2012 LTIP, subject to 
certain adjustments set forth in the 2012 LTIP. At December 31, 2022, there were 1,098,680 options outstanding under the 2012 
LTIP, of which 852,490 were exercisable. In addition, there were 1,359,693 restricted stock units outstanding, some of which contain 
performance-based or market-based vesting conditions, under the 2012 LTIP as of December 31, 2022.

Inducement Plans

In 2013, the Company granted options to acquire up to 150,000 shares of common stock to a former Chief Executive Officer as an 
inducement to accept employment with the Company. As of December 31, 2022, there were 150,000 options outstanding under this 
inducement, all of which were exercisable.

In August 2019, the Company appointed a new President of Global Spine, who was then subsequently promoted to President and 
Chief Executive Officer. As an inducement to accept employment with the Company, the individual was awarded a grant of stock 
options to acquire up to 50,711 shares of common stock and an award of 14,743 restricted stock units. As of December 31, 2022, 
there were 50,711 options outstanding under this inducement, 38,033 of which were exercisable, and 3,686 unvested restricted 
stock units outstanding.

Stock Purchase Plan

The Second Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Plan, as Amended (the “Stock Purchase Plan”) provides for the issuance of shares 
of the Company’s common stock to eligible employees and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries that elect to participate in 
the plan and acquire shares of common stock through payroll deductions (including executive officers). 

During each purchase period, eligible employees may designate between 1% and 25% of their compensation to be deducted for the 
purchase of common stock under the plan (or such other percentage in order to comply with regulations applicable to employees 
domiciled in or resident of a member state of the European Union). For eligible directors, the designated percentage will be applied 
to an amount equal to his or her director compensation paid in cash for the current plan period. The purchase price of the shares 
under the plan is equal to 85% of the fair market value on the first day of the plan period or, if lower, on the last day of the plan 
period. 

Due to the compensatory nature of such plan, the Company records the related share-based compensation expense in the 
consolidated statement of operations. Compensation expense is estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model, with such value 
recognized as expense over the plan period. As of December 31, 2022, the aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under 
the Stock Purchase Plan is 2,850,000. As of December 31, 2022, a total of 2,395,673 shares had been issued pursuant to the Stock 
Purchase Plan. 

F-31

Share-Based Compensation Expense 

Share-based compensation expense is recorded in the same line of the consolidated statements of operations as the employee’s 
cash compensation. The following tables present the detail of share-based compensation expense by line item in the consolidated 
statements of income as well as by award type, for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020: 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Cost of sales
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Research and development
Total

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Stock options
Time-based restricted stock awards and stock units
Performance-based / Market-based restricted stock units
Stock purchase plan
Total

2022

Year Ended December 31,
2021

2020

826
3,865
12,917
835
18,443

$

$

779
3,385
10,289
979
15,432

2022

Year Ended December 31,
2021

1,114
9,452
6,425
1,452
18,443

$

$

1,893
7,437
4,414
1,688
15,432

$

$

$

$

705
3,620
10,624
1,258
16,207

2,571
8,485
3,509
1,642
16,207

2020

$

$

$

$

The income tax benefit related to this expense was $3.3 million, $3.1 million, and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 
2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

Stock Options

The fair value of time-based stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model, with such value recognized as 
expense over the service period, which is typically four years, net of actual forfeitures. A summary of the Company’s assumptions 
used in determining the fair value of the stock options granted during each of the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, 
is shown in the following table. The Company did not grant any time-based stock options in 2022.

Assumptions:

Expected term (in years)
Expected volatility
Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield

Weighted average grant date fair value

Year Ended December 31,

2022

2021

2020

—
—
—
—
— $

6.0
34.4% – 34.8%
0.83% – 1.25%
—
12.33

$

5.5
30.2% – 35.1%
0.28% – 1.65%
—
8.74

The expected term of the options granted is estimated based on a number of factors, including the vesting and expiration terms of 
the award, historical employee exercise behavior for both options that are currently outstanding and options that have been 
exercised or are expired, and an employee’s average length of service. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the 
Company’s common stock. The risk-free interest rate is determined based upon a constant U.S. Treasury security rate with a 
contractual life that approximates the expected term of the option. 

F-32

Summaries of the status of the Company’s stock option plans as of December 31, 2022, and 2021, and changes during the year 
ended December 31, 2022, are presented below:

Outstanding at December 31, 2021
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited or expired
Outstanding at December 31, 2022
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2022
Exercisable at December 31, 2022

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

39.20
-
21.78
38.14
39.29
39.29
40.70

3.77
3.77
3.13

Options
1,397,054

$
— $
$
$
$
$
$

(575)
(97,088)
1,299,391
1,299,391
1,040,523

As of December 31, 2022, the unamortized compensation expense relating to options granted and expected to be recognized was 
$0.8 million. This amount is expected to be recognized through December 2025 over a weighted average period of approximately 
1.0 years. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $0.0 million, $0.6 million, and $0.9 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2022, we received $0.0 million in cash from 
stock option exercises, with the tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from these exercises of $0.0 million. The aggregate 
intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable as of December 31, 2022, is calculated as the difference between the 
exercise price of the underlying options and the market price of the Company’s common stock for options that had exercise prices 
lower than $20.53, the closing price of the Company’s stock on December 31, 2022. The aggregate intrinsic value of options 
outstanding was $0.0 million as of December 31, 2022. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable was also $0.0 million as 
of that date.

Time-based Restricted Stock Awards and Stock Units

Compensation expense for time-based restricted stock awards and stock units, which represents the fair value of the stock 
measured at the market price at the date of grant, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, which is typically 
four years, net of actual forfeitures.

Since 2017, the annual grant to non-employee directors has been made in the form of one-year vesting restricted stock units with 
deferred delivery (“DSUs”), whereby shares are not settled until after the director ceases service as a director. As of December 31, 
2022, there were 86,542 DSUs outstanding that are vested but not settled.

The aggregate fair value of time-based restricted stock awards and stock units that vested during the years ended December 31, 
2022, 2021, and 2020, was $5.2 million, $9.0 million, and $6.5 million, respectively. Unamortized compensation expense related to 
time-based restricted stock awards and stock units amounted to $18.6 million at December 31, 2022. This amount is expected to be 
recognized through October 2026 over a weighted average period of approximately 2.5 years.  The aggregate intrinsic value of time-
based restricted stock awards and stock units outstanding was $17.4 million as of December 31, 2022. 

Performance-based and Market-based Restricted Stock Units

Certain of the Company's outstanding restricted stock units contain performance-based vested conditions or market-based vesting 
conditions.

The fair value of performance-based restricted stock units is calculated based upon the closing stock price at the date of grant. Such 
value is recognized as expense over the requisite service period beginning in the period in which they are deemed probable to vest, 
net of actual forfeitures. Vesting probability is assessed based upon forecasted earnings and financial results.

The fair value of market-based restricted stock units is determined at the date of the grant using the Monte Carlo valuation 
methodology, with any discounts for post-vesting restrictions estimated using the Chaffe Model. The Monte Carlo methodology 
incorporates into the valuation the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied. Such value is recognized on a straight-
line basis over the vesting period, net of actual forfeitures. 

F-33

The fair value of performance-based and/or market-based restricted stock units that vested and settled during the years ended 
December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, totaled $0.0 million, $0.0 million, and $1.4 million, respectively. Unamortized compensation 
expense for performance-based and/or market-based restricted stock units totaled $9.3 million at December 31, 2022, and is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.4 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of market-based 
restricted stock units outstanding was $10.6 million as of December 31, 2022.

A summary of the status of our time-based and performance-based and/or market-based restricted stock units as of December 31, 
2022, and 2021, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2022, are presented below: 

Outstanding at December 31, 2021
Granted
Vested and settled
Cancelled
Outstanding at December 31, 2022

Time-based Restricted Stock
Awards and Stock Units

Shares

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
40.03
$
559,368
29.81
500,222
$
41.03
(152,735) $
34.80
(59,708) $
34.18
$
847,147

Performance-based and/or Market-
based
Restricted Stock Units

Shares

323,081
255,327

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
48.56
$
33.57
$
— $
—
55.70
(62,176) $
40.29
$
516,232

19. Defined contribution plans and deferred compensation

Defined Contribution Plans

Orthofix US LLC sponsors a defined contribution plan (the “401(k) Plan”) covering substantially all full-time U.S. employees. The 
401(k) Plan allows participants to contribute up to 80% of their pre-tax compensation, subject to certain limitations, with the 
Company matching 100% of the first 2% of the employee’s base compensation and 50% of the next 4% of the employee’s base 
compensation if contributed to the 401(k) Plan. During the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, expenses incurred 
relating to the 401(k) Plan, including matching contributions, were approximately $3.3 million, $2.8 million, and $1.1 million, 
respectively.

In April 2020, as a precautionary measure to increase the Company’s cash position and preserve financial flexibility in response to 
the initial uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company temporarily suspended the 401(k) match program through the 
remainder of fiscal year 2020. The 401(k) match program was reinstated in January 2021. 

The Company also operates defined contribution plans for its international employees meeting minimum service requirements. The 
Company’s expenses for such contributions during each of the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, were $1.1 million, 
$1.2 million, and $1.1 million, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plans

Under Italian Law, our Italian subsidiary accrues deferred compensation on behalf of its employees, which is paid on termination of 
employment. The accrual for deferred compensation is based on a percentage of the employee’s current annual remuneration plus 
an annual charge. Deferred compensation is also accrued for the leaving indemnity payable to agents in case of dismissal, which is 
regulated by a national contract and is equal to approximately 4% of total commissions earned from the Company. The Company’s 
relations with its Italian employees, who represent 21% of total employees at December 31, 2022, are governed by the provisions of 
a National Collective Labor Agreement setting forth mandatory minimum standards for labor relations in the metal mechanic 
workers industry. The Company is not a party to any other collective bargaining agreement. The balance in other long-term liabilities 
as of December 31, 2022, and 2021 was $1.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively, and represents the amount that would be 
payable if all the employees and agents had terminated employment at that date.

F-34

20.

Income taxes 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

U.S.
Non-U.S.

Income (loss) before income taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of the following: 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
U.S.

Current
Deferred

Non-U.S.

Current
Deferred

Income tax expense (benefit)

2022

Year Ended December 31,
2021

2020

(22,318)
4,612
(17,706)

$

$

(5,987)
(7,508)
(13,495)

2022

Year Ended December 31,
2021

1,151
67
1,218

578
247
825
2,043

$

$

(607)
24,292
23,685

1,009
190
1,199
24,884

$

$

$

$

5,556
(5,924)
(368)

2020

(15,054)
(29)
(15,083)

1,382
10,816
12,198
(2,885)

$

$

$

$

The differences between the income tax provision at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the 
years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, consist of the following: 

2022

2021

2020

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except percentages)
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate
State taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit
Foreign rate differential, including withholding taxes
Valuation allowances, net
Foreign income inclusions, net
Research credits
Unrecognized tax benefits, net of settlements
Equity compensation
Executive compensation
Contingent consideration
Other, net
Income tax expense (benefit) /effective rate

Amount
$ (3,718)
(1,312)
475
7,638
1,018
(750)
(599)
1,441
697
(3,316)
469
2,043

$

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

7.4
(2.7)
(43.1)
(5.7)
4.2
3.4
(8.1)
(3.9)
18.7
(2.6)

21.0% $ (2,834)
(24)
480
27,819
—
(537)
(1,363)
1,091
456
(640)
436
(11.5)% $ 24,884

21.0% $

0.2
(3.6)
(206.1)
—
4.0
10.1
(8.1)
(3.4)
4.7
(3.2)

(77)
1,151
(147)
14,514
—
(982)
(17,321)
1,657
375
(1,460)
(595)
(184.4)% $ (2,885)

21.0%
(312.8)
39.9
(3,944.0)
—
266.8
4,706.8
(450.3)
(101.9)
396.7
161.8
784.0%

The Company paid (received or was refunded) cash relating to taxes totaling ($0.9) million, $4.8 million, and $0.5 million for the 
years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively. 

F-35

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Intangible assets and goodwill
Inventories and related reserves
Deferred revenue and cost of goods sold
Other accruals and reserves
Accrued compensation
Provision for expected credit losses
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards
R&D capitalization
Lease liabilities
Other, net
Total deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance
Withholding taxes
Property, plant, and equipment
Right-of-use lease assets
Deferred tax liability
Net deferred tax assets

Reported as:
Deferred income tax assets (classified within other long-term assets)
Deferred income tax liabilities (classified within other long-term liabilities)
Net deferred tax assets

December 31,

2022

2021

5,807
17,819
3,642
2,756
8,795
1,253
40,676
4,353
6,440
3,767
95,308
(83,797)
11,511
(10)
(5,516)
(5,771)
(11,297)
214

1,470
(1,256)
214

$

$

$

$

5,245
17,097
3,888
3,082
7,784
1,217
42,546
—
5,691
852
87,402
(76,725)
10,677
(10)
(4,809)
(5,165)
(9,984)
693

1,771
(1,078)
693

$

$

$

$

The Company historically presented deferred income tax assets as a separate and discrete line item on its consolidated balance 
sheet; however, as the significance of the asset has decreased as a result of the recognition of valuation allowances, the Company 
has reclassified this balance to be included within other long-term assets. As such, the prior year balance has been reclassified to 
conform to current period presentation.

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis 
of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using 
enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which those items are expected to be realized. Tax law and rate changes are recorded in 
the period such changes are enacted. The Company establishes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that certain 
deferred tax assets will not be realized in the foreseeable future.

The valuation allowance is primarily attributable to net operating loss carryforwards and temporary differences in domestic and 
certain foreign jurisdictions. The net increase in the valuation allowance of $7.1 million during the year principally relates to 
recognizing a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax asset within the Company’s U.S. operations as well as an increase 
in valuation allowance against deferred tax assets within the Company’s Italian manufacturing subsidiary. The Company considered 
many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of these deferred tax assets, including recent cumulative losses 
experienced by the subsidiary, expectations of future taxable income or loss, the carryforward periods available to the Company for 
tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. That increase was partially offset by a decrease of valuation allowances on net 
operating loss carryforwards in other foreign jurisdictions due to expiration, statutory rate changes, and changes regarding the 
realizability of net deferred tax assets. It is reasonably possible that the valuation allowance will increase in 2023 due to further 
losses in certain jurisdictions, offset by decreases related to the expiration of foreign net operating losses. 

The Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of $13.3 million and research and development credits of $1.7 million, 
including amounts from the acquisition of Spinal Kinetics. These carryforwards are subject to limitation under the provisions of 
Section 382 and will begin to expire in 2026. The Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $31.1 million, 

F-36

of which $20.6 million relates to Spinal Kinetics and begins to expire in 2027. Additionally, the Company has net operating loss 
carryforwards in various foreign jurisdictions of approximately $120.4 million, the majority of which do not have an expiration, 
which mainly relate to the Company’s Italy, Netherlands, and Brazil operations.  

Unremitted foreign earnings were $27.0 million as of December 31, 2022.  The Company’s investment in foreign subsidiaries 
continues to be indefinite in nature; however, the Company may periodically repatriate a portion of these earnings to the extent 
that it does not incur significant additional tax liability.  Quantification of the deferred tax liability, if any, associated with indefinitely 
reinvested earnings of foreign subsidiaries is not practicable.

The Company records a benefit for uncertain tax positions when the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than 
not, based on an evaluation of the technical merits, that the tax position will be sustained on audit. The tax benefit is measured as 
the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement. The Company re-evaluates income tax positions 
periodically to consider changes in facts or circumstances such as changes in or interpretations of tax law, effectively settled issues 
under audit, and new audit activity. The Company includes interest and any applicable penalties related to income tax issues as part 
of income tax expense in its consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s unrecognized tax benefit was $1.7 million and $3.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, and 2021, 
respectively. The Company recorded net interest and penalties expense (benefit) on unrecognized tax benefits of $0.1 million, $(0.4) 
million, and $(5.4) million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively, and had approximately $0.9 million 
and $0.8 million accrued for payment of interest and penalties as of December 31, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The entire amount 
of unrecognized tax benefits, including interest, would favorably impact the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. The 
Company believes it is reasonably possible that, in the next 12 months, no unrecognized tax benefits, exclusive of interest and 
penalties, will be resolved by the closure of an audit or statute release. 

A reconciliation of the gross unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and penalties) for the years ended December 31, 2022, 
and 2021, is shown below:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)
Balance as of January 1,
Additions for current year tax positions
Increases for prior year tax positions
Settlements of prior year tax positions
Expiration of statutes
Balance as of December 31,

2022

2021

$

$

3,462
46
16
(144)
(1,637)
1,743

$

$

4,629
45
110
—
(1,322)
3,462

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in certain state and foreign jurisdictions, 
including Italy, as well as other jurisdictions where the Company maintains operations. The statute of limitations with respect to 
federal and state tax filings is closed for years prior to 2019. The statute of limitations with respect to the major foreign tax filing 
jurisdictions is closed for years prior to 2018. The Company cannot reasonably determine if any state and local or foreign 
examinations will have a material impact on its financial statements and cannot predict the timing regarding the resolution of these 
tax examinations.

21.

Earnings per share (EPS)

The Company uses the two-class method of computing basic EPS due to the existence of non-vested restricted stock awards in 
certain periods with nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (referred to as participating securities). Basic EPS is 
computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each of the respective years. Diluted EPS is 
computed using the weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding during each of the 
respective years using the more dilutive of either the treasury stock method or two-class method. The difference between basic and 
diluted shares, if any, largely results from common equivalent shares, which represents the dilutive effect of the assumed exercise of 
certain outstanding share options, the assumed vesting of restricted stock granted to employees and directors, or the satisfaction of 
certain necessary conditions for contingently issuable shares (see Note 18). 

F-37

 
For each of the three years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, no significant adjustments were made to net income for 
purposes of calculating basic and diluted EPS. The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average shares used in the diluted EPS 
computations:

Weighted average common shares-basic
Effect of diluted securities:

Unexercised stock options and employee stock purchase plan
Unvested time-based restricted stock units

Weighted average common shares-diluted

2022
20,053,548

Year Ended December 31,
2021
19,690,593

—
—
20,053,548

—
—
19,690,593

2020
19,267,920

51,951
71,847
19,391,718

There were 2,313,226; 1,711,323; and 1,499,630 weighted average outstanding options, restricted stock, and market-based units 
not included in the diluted earnings per share computation for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively, 
because inclusion of these awards was anti-dilutive or, for market-based units, all necessary conditions had not been satisfied by the 
end of the respective period. 

22.

Subsequent Events

Merger with SeaSpine Holdings Corporation

On October 10, 2022, the Company and Orca Merger Sub Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Orthofix (“Merger Sub”), entered into 
an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with SeaSpine, a global medical technology company focused on 
surgical solutions for the treatment of spinal disorders. On January 5, 2023, the transaction was completed and Merger Sub was 
merged with and into SeaSpine (the “Merger”), with SeaSpine continuing as the surviving company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of 
Orthofix following the transaction. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company incurred approximately $9.3 million in 
acquisition-related costs, substantially all of which was classified as general and administrative expenses.

As a result of the Merger, each share of common stock of SeaSpine issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing date was 
converted into the right to receive 0.4163 shares of common stock of Orthofix. In addition, the Company assumed SeaSpine’s 
existing equity incentive plans in connection with the Merger, and outstanding SeaSpine equity awards were converted into Orthofix 
equity awards (on the same vesting schedule and other terms and conditions as existed prior to such conversion). The conversion of 
such equity awards occurred at the same exchange ratio as applied to SeaSpine common stock in the Merger, and the exercise price 
of converted SeaSpine stock options was also correspondingly adjusted.

The Merger is being accounted for as an acquisition of SeaSpine by Orthofix under the acquisition method of accounting for business 
combinations in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Thus, Orthofix is treated as the acquirer for accounting purposes. In identifying the 
acquirer, Orthofix and SeaSpine considered the structure of the transaction and other actions contemplated by the Merger 
Agreement, relative outstanding share ownership, and market values, the composition of the combined company’s board of 
directors, and the relative size of Orthofix and SeaSpine.

The total estimated fair value of consideration associated with the Merger as of the acquisition date was comprised of:

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except shares and price per share)
Share Consideration:

Orthofix common shares to be issued in exchange for SeaSpine common shares
Orthofix closing price per share as of January 4, 2023
Estimated fair value of shares issued in exchange for SeaSpine common shares
Estimated fair value of Orthofix stock options and RSUs issued in exchange for outstanding SeaSpine 
equity awards

Total estimated fair value of consideration

16,104,854
22.76
366,546

11,508
378,054

$
$

$

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the outstanding equity awards of SeaSpine (including stock options and restricted stock units) 
were exchanged for awards of Orthofix. The Company issued 1,889,812 options to purchase shares of Orthofix common stock and 
490,338 shares of time-based vesting restricted stock in the conversion of such awards. The estimated fair value of the portion of 
the SeaSpine awards for which the required service period had been completed at the time of the acquisition was treated as 

F-38

purchase consideration. The remaining estimated fair value will be recorded as compensation expense over the remainder of the 
service period associated with the awards. 

As of the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, the Company was in the process of determining a 
preliminary allocation of the total estimated fair value of consideration to the fair value of the net assets acquired and residual 
goodwill; however, such allocation has not yet been finalized. A preliminary allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed will be reported in the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2023; 
however, such allocation will be subject to completion of the Company’s valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, 
which the Company expects to complete within one year from the acquisition date.

In connection with the Merger, immediately after the closing of the acquisition on January 5, 2023, Orthofix repaid on behalf of 
SeaSpine all of the outstanding obligations in respect of principal, interest and fees under an Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement, dated July 27, 2018, among SeaSpine and Project Maple Leaf Holdings ULC, as guarantors, and SeaSpine Orthopedics 
Corporation, SeaSpine, Inc., ISOTIS, Inc., SeaSpine Sales LLC, ISOTIS Orthobiologics, Inc., Theken Spine, LLC, SeaSpine Orthopedics 
Intermediate Co, Inc., 7D Surgical USA Inc. and 7D Surgical ULC, as borrowers, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, 
National Association, as administrative agent, and terminated all applicable commitments under such agreement.

In addition, on January 3, 2023, the Company borrowed $30.0 million under its $300.0 million secured revolving credit facility for 
working capital purposes, including to fund certain merger-related expenses. Further, an additional $15.0 million was borrowed on 
March 3, 2023.

F-39